[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

TW202110955A - Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device - Google Patents

Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202110955A
TW202110955A TW109122370A TW109122370A TW202110955A TW 202110955 A TW202110955 A TW 202110955A TW 109122370 A TW109122370 A TW 109122370A TW 109122370 A TW109122370 A TW 109122370A TW 202110955 A TW202110955 A TW 202110955A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
thermosetting photosensitive
cured film
photosensitive composition
film
Prior art date
Application number
TW109122370A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI857090B (en
Inventor
榎本雄一郎
青島俊栄
山﨑健太
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202110955A publication Critical patent/TW202110955A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI857090B publication Critical patent/TWI857090B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/022Quinonediazides
    • G03F7/023Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/16Coating processes; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種熱硬化性感光性組成物、藉由硬化上述熱硬化性感光性組成物而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體器件,上述熱硬化性感光性組成物用於形成熱硬化性感光層且包含特定的樹脂、感光劑、界面活性劑及溶劑,特定的硬化膜A的表面自由能與特定的硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值為上述硬化膜A的表面自由能的30%以下。The present invention provides a thermosetting photosensitive composition, a cured film formed by curing the above-mentioned thermosetting photosensitive composition, a laminate including the above-mentioned cured film, a method of manufacturing the above-mentioned cured film, and the above-mentioned cured film or the above Laminated semiconductor device, the above-mentioned thermosetting photosensitive composition is used to form a thermosetting photosensitive layer and contains a specific resin, photosensitizer, surfactant, and solvent, the surface free energy of the specific cured film A and the specific curing The absolute value of the difference in the surface free energy of the film B is 30% or less of the surface free energy of the cured film A described above.

Description

熱硬化性感光性組成物、硬化膜、積層體、硬化膜的製造方法及半導體器件Method for manufacturing thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, laminate, cured film, and semiconductor device

本發明有關一種熱硬化性感光性組成物、硬化膜、積層體、硬化膜的製造方法及半導體器件。The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a thermosetting photosensitive composition, a cured film, a laminate, a cured film, and a semiconductor device.

聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等樹脂的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此可用於各種用途。作為上述用途並無特別限定,但若以實際安裝用半導體器件為例,則可舉出作為絕緣膜或密封材料的素材或保護膜的利用。又,亦用作撓性基板的基底膜或覆蓋膜等。Resins such as polyimide and polybenzoxazole are excellent in heat resistance and insulating properties, so they can be used in various applications. The use is not particularly limited, but if a semiconductor device for actual mounting is taken as an example, the use as a material for an insulating film or a sealing material or a protective film can be cited. It is also used as a base film or cover film for flexible substrates.

例如在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等樹脂以包含該等樹脂或其前驅物之熱硬化性感光性組成物的形態使用。 例如藉由塗佈等將該種熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基材上,之後根據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,藉此能夠在基材上形成硬化之樹脂。 能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等適用熱硬化性感光性組成物,因此,可以說例如所適用的熱硬化性感光性組成物的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計的自由度高等製造上的適應性優異。從除了聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等所具有之高性能以外該種製造上的適應性優異的觀點考慮,越發期待包含該等樹脂或其前驅物之熱硬化性感光性組成物在產業上的應用拓展。For example, in the above-mentioned applications, resins such as polyimide and polybenzoxazole are used in the form of a thermosetting photosensitive composition containing these resins or their precursors. For example, the thermosetting photosensitive composition is applied to a substrate by coating or the like, and then exposed, developed, heated, etc. as necessary, whereby a hardened resin can be formed on the substrate. The thermosetting photosensitive composition can be applied by a well-known coating method. Therefore, it can be said that, for example, the shape, size, and application position of the thermosetting photosensitive composition to be applied have a high degree of freedom in design, and it is suitable for manufacturing. Excellent performance. From the viewpoint of excellent manufacturing adaptability in addition to the high performance possessed by polyimines, polybenzoxazoles, etc., it is increasingly expected that thermosetting photosensitive compositions containing these resins or their precursors Industrial application expansion.

例如,在專利文獻1中記載有一種感光性樹脂組成物,其含有:(a)聚醯亞胺系樹脂或其前驅物、(b)醌二疊氮化合物、(c)溶劑及(d)界面活性劑,(d)界面活性劑包括(d1)矽系界面活性劑及(d2)具有氟原子之界面活性劑,將感光性樹脂組成物中的(d1)的含量設為X質量%,(d2)的含量設為Y質量%時,X>Y(Y≠0),且(d)界面活性劑的總量在感光性樹脂組成物中為0.005質量%以上且0.10質量%以下。For example, Patent Document 1 describes a photosensitive resin composition containing: (a) a polyimide resin or its precursor, (b) a quinonediazide compound, (c) a solvent, and (d) Surfactants, (d) surfactants include (d1) silicon-based surfactants and (d2) surfactants having fluorine atoms, and the content of (d1) in the photosensitive resin composition is X mass%, When the content of (d2) is Y mass %, X>Y (Y≠0), and (d) the total amount of surfactant in the photosensitive resin composition is 0.005 mass% or more and 0.10 mass% or less.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2010-243748號公報[Patent Document 1] JP 2010-243748 A

藉由將包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂之熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基材上來製作硬化膜時,有在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他熱硬化性感光層等其他層之情況。 又,作為適用該種熱硬化性感光性組成物之基材,有時使用具有段差等的不均勻的基材。 因此,期待提供一種如下熱硬化性感光性組成物:在熱硬化性感光性組成物中,即使適用於具有段差等的不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦可抑制在其他層上產生缺陷。The thermosetting photosensitive composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor is applied to When a hardened film is made on a base material, other layers such as a thermosetting photosensitive layer may be further formed on the obtained hardened film. In addition, as a base material to which this thermosetting photosensitive composition is applied, a base material having unevenness such as a step may be used. Therefore, it is desired to provide a thermosetting photosensitive composition in which a cured film is formed even if it is applied to a non-uniform substrate with a step, etc., and further formed on the obtained cured film. When there are other layers, defects can also be suppressed on other layers.

本發明的目的在於提供一種熱硬化性感光性組成物、藉由硬化上述熱硬化性感光性組成物而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體器件,上述熱硬化性感光性組成物即使在適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦可抑制在其他層上產生缺陷。The object of the present invention is to provide a thermosetting photosensitive composition, a cured film formed by curing the thermosetting photosensitive composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method of manufacturing the cured film, and the cured film. Film or semiconductor device of the above-mentioned laminated body, even if the above-mentioned thermosetting photosensitive composition is applied to a non-uniform substrate to produce a cured film, and another layer is further formed on the obtained cured film, it can be suppressed Defects on the layer.

以下,示出本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子。 <1>一種熱硬化性感光性組成物,其係用於形成熱硬化性感光層,上述熱硬化性感光性組成物包含: 選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂; 感光劑; 界面活性劑;及 溶劑, 根據分別相對於下述硬化膜A的表面及下述硬化膜B的表面之水的接觸角和二碘甲烷的接觸角,利用下述式(1)算出之下述硬化膜A的表面自由能與下述硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值為下述硬化膜A的表面自由能的30%以下; 硬化膜A:將上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的塗佈膜以上述熱硬化性感光層的平均厚度的150%的膜厚形成於平坦的支撐體上之後,在250℃下加熱120分鐘時獲得之上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜; 硬化膜B:將上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的塗佈膜以上述熱硬化性感光層的平均厚度的50%的膜厚形成於平坦的支撐體上之後,在250℃下加熱120分鐘時獲得之上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜; [數式1]

Figure 02_image001
在上述式(1)中,γs d 表示硬化膜的表面自由能的分散成分,γs h 表示硬化膜的表面自由能的極性成分,γL d 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能的分散成分,γL h 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能的極性成分,γL tоtal 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能,cоsθ表示水或二碘甲烷的接觸角; 其中,表面自由能以分散成分與極性成分之和表示,將水的表面自由能的分散成分設為21.7mJ/m2 ,將水的表面自由能的極性成分設為50.8mJ/m2 ,將二碘甲烷的表面自由能的分散成分設為48.1mJ/m2 ,將二碘甲烷的表面自由能的極性成分設為1.3mJ/m2 。 <2>如<1>所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中上述界面活性劑的含量相對於組成物的總質量超過0.1質量%。 <3>如<1>所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中上述界面活性劑的含量相對於組成物的總質量低於0.005質量%。 <4>如<1>~<3>之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中上述界面活性劑係包括不具有氟原子及矽原子之界面活性劑。 <5>如<1>~<4>之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中上述組成物中的烴系界面活性劑的含量相對於上述界面活性劑的總含量為50質量%以上。 <6>如<1>~<5>之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中上述樹脂包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂。 <7>如<1>~<6>之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其係用於基於狹縫塗佈法形成熱硬化性感光層。 <8>如<1>~<6>之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其係用於基於旋塗法形成熱硬化性感光層。 <9>如<1>~<8>之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其係用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。 <10>一種硬化膜,其係藉由硬化<1>~<9>之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物而成。 <11>一種積層體,其係包含2層以上<10>所述之硬化膜,在任意上述硬化膜彼此之間包含金屬層。 <12>一種硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括將<1>~<9>之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基板上來形成膜之膜形成製程。 <13>如<12>所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括對上述膜進行曝光之曝光製程及對上述膜進行顯影之顯影製程。 <14>如<12>或<13>所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括在50~450℃下加熱上述膜之加熱製程。 <15>一種半導體器件,其係包含<10>所述之硬化膜或<11>所述之積層體。 [發明效果]Hereinafter, examples of representative embodiments of the present invention are shown. <1> A thermosetting photosensitive composition for forming a thermosetting photosensitive layer. The thermosetting photosensitive composition comprises: selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, and polyphenylene At least one resin in the group of bisazole and polybenzoxazole precursors; photosensitizer; surfactant; and solvent, according to the difference between the surface of the following cured film A and the surface of the following cured film B, respectively The contact angle of water and the contact angle of diiodomethane are calculated using the following formula (1). The absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy of the following cured film A and the surface free energy of the following cured film B is the following cured film 30% or less of the surface free energy of A; Cured film A: The coating film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is formed on a flat support with a film thickness of 150% of the average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer After that, the cured film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition obtained by heating at 250°C for 120 minutes; Cured film B: The coating film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is averaged by the average of the thermosetting photosensitive composition After a film thickness of 50% of the thickness is formed on a flat support, the cured film of the above-mentioned thermosetting photosensitive composition is obtained when heated at 250°C for 120 minutes; [Equation 1]
Figure 02_image001
In the above formula (1), γ s d represents the dispersed component of the surface free energy of the cured film, γ s h represents the polar component of the surface free energy of the cured film, and γ L d represents the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane. Dispersion component, γ L h represents the polar component of the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane, γ L tоtal represents the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane, and cоsθ represents the contact angle of water or diiodomethane; where, surface free energy Expressed as the sum of the dispersed component and the polar component, the dispersed component of the surface free energy of water is set to 21.7mJ/m 2 , the polar component of the surface free energy of water is set to 50.8mJ/m 2 , and the surface of diiodomethane The dispersion component of free energy was 48.1 mJ/m 2 , and the polar component of the surface free energy of diiodomethane was 1.3 mJ/m 2 . <2> The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to <1>, wherein the content of the surfactant is more than 0.1% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition. <3> The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to <1>, wherein the content of the surfactant is less than 0.005% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition. <4> The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the surfactant system includes a surfactant that does not have fluorine atoms and silicon atoms. <5> The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the content of the hydrocarbon-based surfactant in the composition is 50 relative to the total content of the surfactant Above mass%. <6> The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the resin contains at least one selected from the group consisting of polyimine and polyimide precursors A resin. <7> The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which is used for forming a thermosetting photosensitive layer by a slit coating method. <8> The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which is used for forming a thermosetting photosensitive layer by a spin coating method. <9> The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. <10> A cured film formed by curing the thermosetting photosensitive composition described in any one of <1> to <9>. <11> A laminate comprising two or more layers of the cured film described in <10>, and a metal layer between any of the cured films. <12> A method for producing a cured film, which includes a film formation process of applying the thermosetting photosensitive composition described in any one of <1> to <9> to a substrate to form a film. <13> The method for producing a cured film as described in <12>, which includes an exposure process for exposing the film and a development process for developing the film. <14> The method for producing a cured film as described in <12> or <13>, which includes a heating process of heating the film at 50 to 450°C. <15> A semiconductor device comprising the cured film described in <10> or the laminated body described in <11>. [Effects of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種熱硬化性感光性組成物、藉由硬化上述熱硬化性感光性組成物而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體器件,上述熱硬化性感光性組成物即使在適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦可抑制在其他層上產生缺陷。According to the present invention, there can be provided a thermosetting photosensitive composition, a cured film formed by curing the thermosetting photosensitive composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method of manufacturing the cured film, and the cured film including the cured film. Film or semiconductor device of the above-mentioned laminated body, even if the above-mentioned thermosetting photosensitive composition is applied to a non-uniform substrate to produce a cured film, and another layer is further formed on the obtained cured film, it can be suppressed Defects on the layer.

以下,對苯發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中利用“~”記號表示之數值範圍表示將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值包括之範圍。 在本說明書中“製程”這一術語不僅表示獨立的製程,只要能夠實現該製程的所需作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他製程明確區分之製程。 關於本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記,未標註經取代及未經取代之標記同時包括不具有取代基之基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代的烷基),還包括具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,“曝光”只要無特別限定,除了利用光的曝光以外,還包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一個。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分表示從組成物的總成分去除溶劑之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度係除了溶劑以外的其他成分相對於組成物的總質量之質量百分率。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC測定),並定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠利用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製)作為管柱來求出。該等分子量只要沒有特別說明,將使用THF(四氫呋喃)測定者作為洗提液。又,只要沒有特別說明,GPC測定中的檢測使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,所關注的複數層中成為基準的層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,在成為基準的層與上述其他層之間可以進一步夾有第3層或第3要件,而成為基準的層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,只要沒有特別說明,將對基材堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或在存在感光層時,將從基材朝向感光層的方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。此外,該種上下方向的設定是為了本說明書中的便利,在實際態樣中,本說明書中的“上”方向亦可以與鉛垂上朝向不同。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別記載,作為組成物中包含之各成分,組成物可以包含符合該成分的兩種以上的化合物。又,只要沒有特別記載,組成物中的各成分的含量表示符合該成分的所有化合物的合計含量。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓)。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳態樣。Hereinafter, the main embodiment of the benzene invention will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to the illustrated embodiment. In this specification, the numerical range indicated by the symbol "~" means the range that includes the numerical values described before and after the "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In this specification, the term "process" not only refers to an independent process, but as long as it can achieve the required effect of the process, it also means a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. Regarding the label of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the label not labeling substituted and unsubstituted includes both a group without a substituent (atomic group) and a group with a substituent (atomic group). For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl (unsubstituted alkyl) but also substituted alkyl (substituted alkyl). In this specification, "exposure" is not particularly limited, and includes exposure with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams in addition to exposure with light. In addition, as the light used for exposure, actinic rays or radiations such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams can be cited. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth)acrylic" means "acrylic" and "methacrylic" For both or either of them, "(meth)acryloyl" means both or either of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components except the solvent from the total components of the composition. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of components other than the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are based on gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement), and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be, for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel can be used Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) were obtained as the column. Unless otherwise specified, these molecular weights will be measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as the eluent. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the detection in the GPC measurement uses a UV ray (ultraviolet) wavelength 254 nm detector. In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the layered body is described as "upper" or "lower", it is only necessary that another layer exists on the upper side or the lower side of the reference layer among the plurality of layers of interest. That is, the third layer or the third element may be further sandwiched between the layer serving as the reference and the other layer described above, and the layer serving as the reference does not need to be in contact with the other layer described above. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the direction of the stacked layers of the base material is referred to as "up", or when the photosensitive layer is present, the direction from the base material to the photosensitive layer is referred to as "up", and the opposite direction is referred to as "up". under". In addition, the setting of this vertical direction is for the convenience of this specification. In an actual aspect, the "up" direction in this specification may also be different from the vertical up direction. In this specification, as long as there is no special description, as each component contained in the composition, the composition may contain two or more compounds that conform to the component. In addition, unless otherwise stated, the content of each component in the composition indicates the total content of all the compounds corresponding to the component. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C and the air pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atmosphere). In this specification, a combination of preferred aspects is a more optimal aspect.

(熱硬化性感光性組成物) 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物係用於形成熱硬化性感光層之熱硬化性感光性組成物,包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂(以下,亦稱為“特定樹脂”。)、感光劑、界面活性劑及溶劑,根據分別相對於下述硬化膜A的表面及下述硬化膜B的表面之水的接觸角和二碘甲烷的接觸角,利用式(1)算出之下述硬化膜A的表面自由能與下述硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值為下述硬化膜A的表面自由能的30%以下。 硬化膜A:將上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的塗佈膜以上述熱硬化性感光層的平均厚度的150%的膜厚形成於平坦的支撐體上之後,在250℃下加熱120分鐘時獲得之上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜 硬化膜B:將上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的塗佈膜以上述熱硬化性感光層的平均厚度的50%的膜厚形成於平坦的支撐體上之後,在250℃下加熱120分鐘時獲得之上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜(Thermosetting photosensitive composition) The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is a thermosetting photosensitive composition used to form a thermosetting photosensitive layer, and contains selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and At least one resin in the group of polybenzoxazole precursors (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific resin”), photosensitizer, surfactant, and solvent, according to the relative difference between the surface and the bottom of the cured film A described below The contact angle of the water on the surface of the cured film B and the contact angle of diiodomethane are calculated using the formula (1) to calculate the absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy of the cured film A and the surface free energy of the cured film B below It is 30% or less of the surface free energy of the cured film A described below. Cured film A: After the coating film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is formed on a flat support with a film thickness of 150% of the average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, it is heated at 250°C for 120 minutes The obtained cured film of the above-mentioned thermosetting photosensitive composition Cured film B: After the coating film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is formed on a flat support with a film thickness of 50% of the average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, it is heated at 250°C for 120 minutes The obtained cured film of the above-mentioned thermosetting photosensitive composition

作為第一態樣,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含特定樹脂、作為上述感光劑的光聚合起始劑、界面活性劑及溶劑為較佳。 上述第一態樣中的本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物進一步包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 又,在上述第一態樣中,進一步包含熱交聯劑之態樣亦較佳,進一步包含熱交聯劑和熱酸產生劑之態樣亦更佳。 作為第二態樣,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含特定樹脂、作為上述感光劑的光酸產生劑、界面活性劑及溶劑為較佳。 上述第二態樣中的本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物進一步包含熱交聯劑為較佳。 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以為負型熱硬化性感光性組成物,亦可以為正型熱硬化性感光性組成物。 負型熱硬化性感光性組成物係曝光後進行顯影時非曝光部藉由顯影被除去之組成物。 正型熱硬化性感光性組成物係曝光後進行顯影時曝光部藉由顯影被除去之組成物。As a first aspect, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a specific resin, a photopolymerization initiator as the above-mentioned photosensitizer, a surfactant, and a solvent. It is preferable that the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention in the first aspect described above further contains a radical crosslinking agent. Moreover, in the above-mentioned first aspect, the aspect further comprising a thermal crosslinking agent is also preferable, and the aspect further comprising a thermal crosslinking agent and a thermal acid generator is also more preferable. As a second aspect, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a specific resin, a photoacid generator as the above-mentioned photosensitizer, a surfactant, and a solvent. It is preferable that the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention in the second aspect described above further contains a thermal crosslinking agent. The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may be a negative type thermosetting photosensitive composition or a positive type thermosetting photosensitive composition. The negative thermosetting photosensitive composition is a composition in which the non-exposed part is removed by development during development after exposure. The positive thermosetting photosensitive composition is a composition that is removed by development in the exposed part during development after exposure.

根據本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物,即使在適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦可抑制在其他層上產生缺陷。 獲得上述效果之機制尚不明確,但可推測如下。According to the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, even when a cured film is formed on an uneven substrate and another layer is further formed on the obtained cured film, the occurrence of defects on the other layer can be suppressed. The mechanism for obtaining the above effects is not clear, but it can be presumed as follows.

熱硬化性感光性組成物用於如下用途:藉由適用於基材等之後根據需要進行乾燥等而形成熱硬化性感光層之後,藉由加熱等獲得硬化膜。 又,根據需要,例如可在加熱前藉由曝光及顯影進行圖案化。 本發明人等深入研究之結果,發現在具有段差等的不均勻的基材上形成熱硬化性感光層並獲得硬化膜之後,在上述硬化膜上進一步形成其他層時,有在其他層上產生缺陷之情況。 乾燥前的熱硬化性感光層中存在溶劑,因此認為熱硬化性感光性組成物中的成分(例如,界面活性劑等在組成物膜中容易移動的成分)的至少一部分向組成物膜的表面移動。 其中,在不均勻的基材(例如,表面具有段差之基材、表面存在傾斜之基材等基材表面的物理形狀不均勻的基材或表面的僅一部分不易與組成物相容等基材表面的化學性狀不均勻的基材等)上形成熱硬化性感光層時,有時熱硬化性感光層的厚度會變得不均勻。例如,在表面具有段差之基材上,在基板表面的凸部上熱硬化性感光層變薄,而在基板表面的凹部上熱硬化性感光層變厚。 又,例如,在表面存在傾斜之基材上,在傾斜中低的部分熱硬化性感光層變厚,而在傾斜中高的部分熱硬化性感光層變薄。 進而,例如,在表面的僅一部分不易與組成物相容之基材上,在容易與組成物相容的部分,由於組成物容易擴散而熱硬化性感光層變薄,而在不易與組成物相容的部分,由於組成物不易擴散而熱硬化性感光層變厚。 上述界面活性劑等成分從熱硬化性感光層的內部移動,因此認為在熱硬化性感光層厚的部分,向表面移動之上述成分多,而在熱硬化性感光層薄的部分,向表面移動之上述成分少。藉由硬化該種成分的分布根據表面上的位置而不同之熱硬化性感光性組成物來作為硬化膜,並在該硬化膜上進一步形成其他層時,由於形成其他層時的塗佈性等根據硬化膜的表面上的位置而不同,因此認為會在其他層上產生缺陷。 本發明的組成物係可獲得表面自由能對膜厚的變化的差異小之硬化膜之組成物。因此,推測可抑制在上述其他層上產生缺陷。 關於抑制產生上述缺陷,認為例如在藉由狹縫塗佈法等塗佈後的乾燥需要長時間的方法形成熱硬化性感光層時尤其顯著。The thermosetting photosensitive composition is used for the following applications: after applying to a substrate or the like, drying it as necessary to form a thermosetting photosensitive layer, and then obtaining a cured film by heating or the like. In addition, if necessary, for example, patterning can be performed by exposure and development before heating. As a result of intensive research, the inventors found that after forming a thermosetting photosensitive layer on a non-uniform substrate with steps and the like to obtain a cured film, when another layer is further formed on the cured film, there may be other layers. The condition of the defect. There is a solvent in the thermosetting photosensitive layer before drying. Therefore, it is considered that at least a part of the components in the thermosetting photosensitive composition (for example, components that easily move in the composition film such as a surfactant) is applied to the surface of the composition film. mobile. Among them, on non-uniform substrates (for example, substrates with steps on the surface, substrates with slanted surfaces, etc., substrates with non-uniform physical shapes on the surface, or substrates with only part of the surface that are not easily compatible with the composition, etc. When a thermosetting photosensitive layer is formed on a substrate with uneven chemical properties on the surface, the thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer may become uneven. For example, on a substrate with a step on the surface, the thermosetting photosensitive layer becomes thinner on the convex portion of the substrate surface, and the thermosetting photosensitive layer becomes thicker on the concave portion of the substrate surface. Also, for example, on a substrate with a tilt on the surface, the thermosetting photosensitive layer becomes thicker at the middle and low tilt portion, and the thermosetting photosensitive layer becomes thinner at the middle and high tilt portion. Furthermore, for example, on a substrate where only a part of the surface is not easily compatible with the composition, in the part that is easily compatible with the composition, the thermosetting photosensitive layer becomes thin due to the easy diffusion of the composition, and it is not easily compatible with the composition. In the compatible part, the thermosetting photosensitive layer becomes thicker because the composition is not easily diffused. The above-mentioned surfactants and other components move from the inside of the thermosetting photosensitive layer. Therefore, it is thought that more of the above-mentioned components move to the surface in the thick part of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, but move to the surface in the thin part of the thermosetting photosensitive layer. The above-mentioned ingredients are less. By curing the thermosetting light-sensitive composition whose distribution of the component is different depending on the position on the surface, as a cured film, and further forming other layers on the cured film, due to the coating properties when forming other layers, etc. It differs depending on the position on the surface of the cured film, so it is thought that defects will occur in other layers. The composition of the present invention is a composition that can obtain a cured film having a small difference in the change of the surface free energy to the film thickness. Therefore, it is presumed that the occurrence of defects in the above-mentioned other layers can be suppressed. Regarding the suppression of the above-mentioned defects, it is considered to be particularly remarkable when forming a thermosetting photosensitive layer by a method such as a slit coating method that requires a long time for drying after coating.

其中,在專利文獻1中,對上述的表面自由能之差係特定值的熱硬化性感光性組成物並未記載亦未提示。 以下,對本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的特性及所包含之成分進行詳細說明。Among them, in Patent Document 1, there is no description or suggestion of a thermosetting photosensitive composition whose difference in surface free energy is a specific value. Hereinafter, the characteristics and the components contained in the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<表面自由能> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物係根據分別相對於上述硬化膜A的表面及上述硬化膜B的表面之水的接觸角和二碘甲烷的接觸角,利用式(1)算出之上述硬化膜A的表面自由能與上述硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值成為上述硬化膜A的表面自由能的30%以下之組成物。 在本發明中,表面自由能係根據水的接觸角和二碘甲烷的接觸角,利用式(1)算出之值。 具體而言,表面自由能係一種使硬化膜A或硬化膜B分別接觸1μl的水及二碘甲烷來測定各自的接觸角,並作為針對各接觸角滿足下述式之值來求出之能量。例如,能夠利用功能統合分析軟體FAMAS(Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd製)算出。 [數式2]

Figure 02_image001
在上述式(1)中,γs d 表示硬化膜的表面自由能的分散成分,γs h 表示硬化膜的表面自由能的極性成分,γL d 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能的分散成分,γL h 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能的極性成分,γL tоtal 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能,cоsθ表示水或二碘甲烷的接觸角; 其中,表面自由能以分散成分與極性成分之和表示,將水的表面自由能的分散成分設為21.7mJ/m2 ,將水的表面自由能的極性成分設為50.8mJ/m2 ,將二碘甲烷的表面自由能的分散成分設為48.1mJ/m2 ,將二碘甲烷的表面自由能的極性成分設為1.3mJ/m2 。 硬化膜的表面自由能作為分散成分γs d 與γs h 之和求出,具體而言,藉由求解由下述式(R1)及式(R2)表示之聯立方程式來求出。 [數式3]
Figure 02_image004
其中,θ1係水的接觸角,θ2係二碘甲烷的接觸角。<Surface free energy> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is based on the contact angle of water and the contact angle of diiodomethane with respect to the surface of the cured film A and the surface of the cured film B, using the formula (1 ) The calculated absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy of the cured film A and the surface free energy of the cured film B becomes 30% or less of the surface free energy of the cured film A. In the present invention, the surface free energy is a value calculated by formula (1) based on the contact angle of water and the contact angle of diiodomethane. Specifically, the surface free energy is an energy obtained by contacting the cured film A or cured film B with 1μl of water and diiodomethane to measure the respective contact angles, and is calculated as the value for each contact angle satisfying the following formula . For example, it can be calculated using the functional integration analysis software FAMAS (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). [Numerical formula 2]
Figure 02_image001
In the above formula (1), γ s d represents the dispersed component of the surface free energy of the cured film, γ s h represents the polar component of the surface free energy of the cured film, and γ L d represents the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane. Dispersion component, γ L h represents the polar component of the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane, γ L tоtal represents the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane, and cоsθ represents the contact angle of water or diiodomethane; where, surface free energy Expressed as the sum of the dispersed component and the polar component, the dispersed component of the surface free energy of water is set to 21.7mJ/m 2 , the polar component of the surface free energy of water is set to 50.8mJ/m 2 , and the surface of diiodomethane The dispersion component of free energy was 48.1 mJ/m 2 , and the polar component of the surface free energy of diiodomethane was 1.3 mJ/m 2 . The surface free energy of the cured film is calculated as the sum of the dispersed components γ s d and γ s h , specifically, by solving the simultaneous equations represented by the following formulas (R1) and (R2). [Numerical formula 3]
Figure 02_image004
Among them, θ1 is the contact angle of water, and θ2 is the contact angle of diiodomethane.

又,熱硬化性感光層的平均厚度係適用於基材上之熱硬化性感光層的整個面上的厚度的平均值,例如,在由厚度T1的熱硬化性感光層形成之面積為S1,由厚度T2的熱硬化性感光層形成之面積為S2,面積S1與S2之和為熱硬化性感光層的總面積時,藉由下述式算出。 平均厚度=T1×S1/(S1+S2)+T2×S2/(S1+S2) 同樣地,在形成n種厚度Ti的熱硬化性感光層的面積分別為Si(i為1~n的整數,S1+S2+・・・+Sn為熱硬化性感光層的總面積)時,上述平均厚度藉由下述式算出。 [數式4]

Figure 02_image006
例如利用橢圓偏光計(Foothill Instruments, LLC製KT-22)測定上述厚度T1、T2、Ti等熱硬化性感光層的厚度。In addition, the average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer is the average thickness of the entire surface of the thermosetting photosensitive layer applied to the substrate. For example, the area formed by the thermosetting photosensitive layer of thickness T1 is S1, When the area formed by the thermosetting photosensitive layer of thickness T2 is S2, and the sum of the areas S1 and S2 is the total area of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, it is calculated by the following formula. Average thickness=T1×S1/(S1+S2)+T2×S2/(S1+S2) Similarly, the area of the thermosetting photosensitive layer with n thicknesses of Ti is Si (i is an integer from 1 to n). , S1+S2+・・・+Sn is the total area of the thermosetting photosensitive layer), the above average thickness is calculated by the following formula. [Equation 4]
Figure 02_image006
For example, the thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, such as the above-mentioned thickness T1, T2, and Ti, is measured with an ellipsometer (KT-22 manufactured by Foothill Instruments, LLC).

上述硬化膜A的表面自由能為10~50mJ/m2 為較佳,15~40mJ/m2 為更佳,20~35mJ/m2 為進一步較佳。 上述硬化膜B的表面自由能為10~50mJ/m2 為較佳,15~40mJ/m2 為更佳,20~35mJ/m2 為進一步較佳。A surface of the cured film free energy of 10 ~ 50mJ / m 2 is preferred, 15 ~ 40mJ / m 2 is more preferably, 20 ~ 35mJ / m 2 is further preferable. B cured film surface of the free energy of 10 ~ 50mJ / m 2 is preferred, 15 ~ 40mJ / m 2 is more preferably, 20 ~ 35mJ / m 2 is further preferable.

上述硬化膜A的表面自由能與上述硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值為上述硬化膜A的表面自由能的30%以下,20%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,並無特別限定,0%以上即可。The absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy of the cured film A and the surface free energy of the cured film B is 30% or less of the surface free energy of the cured film A, more preferably 20% or less, and more preferably 10% or less . There is no particular limitation on the lower limit, and it may be 0% or more.

上述硬化膜A的表面自由能與上述硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值與上述硬化膜A的表面自由能之比例係藉由熱硬化性感光性組成物的組成確定之值,例如,認為藉由熱硬化性感光性組成物中的界面活性劑的量、界面活性劑的種類等確定。The ratio of the absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy of the cured film A and the surface free energy of the cured film B to the surface free energy of the cured film A is a value determined by the composition of the thermosetting photosensitive composition, for example It is considered to be determined by the amount of surfactant in the thermosetting photosensitive composition, the type of surfactant, and the like.

硬化膜A及硬化膜B上的塗佈膜的製作方法並無特別限定,藉由與使用本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物之熱硬化性感光層的形成中的塗佈膜的製作方法相同的方法製作為較佳。 例如,熱硬化性感光層藉由狹縫塗佈法製作時,硬化膜A及硬化膜B上的塗佈膜亦藉由狹縫塗佈法製作為較佳。The production method of the coating film on the cured film A and the cured film B is not particularly limited, and the method of producing the coating film in the formation of the thermosetting photosensitive layer using the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. The same method is better. For example, when the thermosetting photosensitive layer is produced by the slit coating method, the coating films on the cured film A and the cured film B are also preferably produced by the slit coating method.

又,在本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中,下述硬化膜C的表面自由能與下述硬化膜D的表面自由能之差的絕對值為下述硬化膜C的表面自由能的30%以下為較佳,20%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳。下限並無特別限定,0%以上即可。 硬化膜C:將上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的塗佈膜以45μm的膜厚形成於平坦的支撐體上之後,在250℃下加熱120分鐘時獲得之上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜 硬化膜D:將上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的塗佈膜以15μm的膜厚形成於平坦的支撐體上之後,在250℃下加熱120分鐘時獲得之上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜In addition, in the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, the absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy of the following cured film C and the surface free energy of the following cured film D is that of the surface free energy of the following cured film C 30% or less is preferable, 20% or less is more preferable, and 10% or less is still more preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, as long as 0% or more is sufficient. Cured film C: The coating film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is formed on a flat support with a film thickness of 45 μm, and then heated at 250°C for 120 minutes. Hardened film Cured film D: The coating film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is formed on a flat support with a film thickness of 15 μm, and then heated at 250°C for 120 minutes. Hardened film

<特定樹脂> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂(特定樹脂)。 特定樹脂包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂為較佳。 進而,上述樹脂包含聚合性基團且感光性樹脂組成物包含聚合性化合物為較佳。藉由設為該種結構,在曝光部中形成3維網狀物而成為堅固的交聯膜,感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)不易因表面活性化處理而受到損傷,而會藉由表面活性化處理更有效提高密接性。尤其在與上層的密接性方面有效。又,進而本發明的積層體中的樹脂層所包含之聚醯亞胺及聚苯并㗁唑包含由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之部分結構為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-、或者由上述之2個以上的組合構成之基團。藉由設為該種結構,樹脂層成為柔軟的結構,並能夠更有效抑制剝離的發生。Ar係伸苯基為較佳,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO2 -為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基係伸烷基為較佳。<Specific resin> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention contains at least one selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole, and polybenzoxazole precursor Resin (specific resin). The specific resin preferably includes at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimine and polyimide precursors. Furthermore, it is preferable that the said resin contains a polymerizable group and the photosensitive resin composition contains a polymerizable compound. With this structure, a three-dimensional network is formed in the exposed part to become a strong crosslinked film, and the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) is not easily damaged by the surface activation treatment, and may be damaged by Surface activation treatment is more effective in improving adhesion. In particular, it is effective in terms of adhesion to the upper layer. Furthermore, it is preferable that the polyimide and polybenzoxazole contained in the resin layer in the laminate of the present invention include a partial structure represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Wherein, Ar is each independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -or -NHCO-, Or a group composed of a combination of two or more of the above. With this structure, the resin layer becomes a flexible structure, and the occurrence of peeling can be suppressed more effectively. Ar-based phenylene groups are preferred, and L-based aliphatic hydrocarbon groups with 1 or 2 carbons, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 -which may be substituted by fluorine atoms are preferred. The aliphatic hydrocarbon-based alkylene group is preferred here.

〔聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物並不特別限定其種類等,包含由下述式(2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 式(2) [化學式1]

Figure 02_image007
在式(2)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,R111 表示2價有機基團,R115 表示4價有機基團,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。[Polyimine precursor] The polyimine precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in its kind, etc., but preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). Formula (2) [Chemical Formula 1]
Figure 02_image007
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom Or a monovalent organic group.

式(2)中的A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中的R111 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,例示包含直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或由該等組合構成之基團為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。作為本發明的特佳之實施形態,可例示係由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團的情況。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-、或者由上述之2個以上的組合構成之基團。該等的較佳範圍如上所述。 A 1 and A 2 in formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, and an oxygen atom is preferred. R 111 in the formula (2) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of divalent organic groups include groups including linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups, and aromatic groups, linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbons, and carbon A cyclic aliphatic group with 6 to 20, an aromatic group with 6 to 20 carbons, or a group composed of these combinations are preferred, and a group containing an aromatic group with 6 to 20 carbons is more preferred . As a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, the case of a group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- can be exemplified. Wherein, Ar is each independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -or -NHCO-, Or a group composed of a combination of two or more of the above. The preferable ranges of these are as described above.

R111 由二胺衍生為較佳。作為用於製造聚醯亞胺前驅物之二胺,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用一種亦可以使用兩種以上。 具體而言,包含碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或由該等組合構成之基團之二胺為較佳,包含由碳數6~20的芳香族基構成之基團之二胺為更佳。作為包含芳香族基之基團的例子,可舉出下述基團。Preferably, R 111 is derived from diamine. Examples of diamines used for the production of polyimide precursors include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic, or aromatic diamines. Only one type of diamine may be used, or two or more types may be used. Specifically, it contains a linear or branched aliphatic group with 2 to 20 carbons, a cyclic aliphatic group with 6 to 20 carbons, an aromatic group with 6 to 20 carbons, or a combination of these The diamine of the group is preferred, and the diamine containing a group composed of an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. As an example of the group containing an aromatic group, the following groups can be mentioned.

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image009
式中,A係單鍵或可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -及-NHCO-、以及選自該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CF32 -及-C(CH32 -之群組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。[Chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image009
In the formula, A is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -and -NHCO-, and Groups selected from these combinations are preferred, single bonds or selected from alkylene groups with 1 to 3 carbons which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, The group in -SO 2 -is more preferred, and is selected from -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -and -C(CH 3 ) 2- The divalent group in the group of is further preferred.

作為二胺,具體而言可舉出選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯硫醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少一種二胺。As the diamine, specifically selected from 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclopentane Cyclohexane or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis (Aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethyl Cyclohexylmethane and isophorone diamine; m-phenylenediamine or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4 ,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4, 4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2' -Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl) Propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4- Aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, double (3-Amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) arsenic, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) arsenic, 4,4'-diamino-p-terphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4- Aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] chrysene, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] chrysene, bis[4-( 2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] chrysene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-bis Methyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1, 3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-di Aminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4- (4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl , 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'- Diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-amino Phenyl) Sulfonium, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodi Phenylmethane, 2,4-diaminocumene and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetguanamine, 2,3,5,6- Tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminopyridine, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzaniline, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, Diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis(4- Aminophenyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexa Fluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-di Methylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-bis(4- Amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amine 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-bis(3 -Amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenyl sulfide, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2 , At least one diamine of 2',5,5',6,6'-hexafluorotolidine and 4,4'-diaminotetrabiphenyl.

又,以下所示之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。In addition, the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image011
[Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image011

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image013
[Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image013

又,作為較佳例,亦可舉出在主鏈具有至少2個以上伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。更佳為在一分子中共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一個或兩者之二胺,進一步較佳為上述二胺且不包含芳香環之二胺。作為具體例,可舉出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上商品名,Huntsman Corporation製)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該等。 以下示出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176的結構。Moreover, as a preferable example, the diamine which has at least 2 or more alkylene glycol units in a main chain can also be mentioned. More preferably, a diamine containing two or more of ethylene glycol chains and propylene glycol chains or both of them in total is more preferable in one molecule, and it is more preferable that the diamine is the above-mentioned diamine and does not contain an aromatic ring. As specific examples, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D- 4000 (above trade names, manufactured by Huntsman Corporation), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propane-2-amine, 1-(1-(1- (2-Aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propane-2-amine and the like, but are not limited to these. The structures of JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, and EDR-176 are shown below.

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image015
[Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image015

上述中,x、y、z為平均值。In the above, x, y, and z are average values.

從所獲得之硬化膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R111 由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-、或者由上述之2個以上的組合構成之基團。Ar係伸苯基為較佳,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO2 -為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基係伸烷基為較佳。From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the cured film obtained, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Wherein, Ar is each independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -or -NHCO-, Or a group composed of a combination of two or more of the above. Ar-based phenylene groups are preferred, and L-based aliphatic hydrocarbon groups with 1 or 2 carbons, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 -which may be substituted by fluorine atoms are preferred. The aliphatic hydrocarbon-based alkylene group is preferred here.

從i射線透射率的觀點考慮,R111 係由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之2價有機基團為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得性的觀點考慮,由式(61)表示之2價有機基團為更佳。 式(51) [化學式6]

Figure 02_image017
在式(51)中,R50 ~R57 分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價有機基團,R50 ~R57 中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示與式(2)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為R50 ~R57 的1價有機基團,可舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未經取代的烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式7]
Figure 02_image019
在式(61)中,R58 及R59 分別獨立地為氟原子或三氟甲基。 作為賦予式(51)或(61)的結構之二胺化合物,可舉出2,2'-二甲對聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用一種或組合兩種以上來使用。From the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability, the divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferable. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 6]
Figure 02_image017
In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, * Each independently represents the bonding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (2). Examples of the monovalent organic groups of R 50 to R 57 include unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbons (preferably 1 to 6 carbons), and 1 to 10 carbons (preferably carbons 1~6) Fluorinated alkyl groups, etc. [Chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image019
In the formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. Examples of the diamine compound imparting the structure of formula (51) or (61) include 2,2'-dimethylparabenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diamine Biphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, etc. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more.

此外,亦能夠較佳地使用以下二胺。 [化學式8]

Figure 02_image021
In addition, the following diamines can also be preferably used. [Chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image021

式(2)中的R115 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,包含芳香環之4價有機基團為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基團為更佳。 式(5) [化學式9]

Figure 02_image023
在式(5)中,R112 表示單鍵或可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -及-NHCO-、以及選自該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-C(CF32 -、-C(CH32 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -之群組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。 R 115 in the formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferred. Formula (5) [Chemical Formula 9]
Figure 02_image023
In the formula (5), R 112 represents a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -and -NHCO-, And a group selected from a combination of these is preferred, a single bond or a C1-C3 alkylene group that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 The group in-is more preferred, and is selected from -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 The divalent group in the group of-is further preferred.

式(6) [化學式10]

Figure 02_image025
Formula (6) [Chemical Formula 10]
Figure 02_image025

具體而言,R115 可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。四羧酸二酐可以僅使用一種亦可以使用兩種以上。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 式(O) [化學式11]

Figure 02_image027
在式(O)中,R115 表示4價有機基團。R115 的較佳範圍的含義與式(2)中的R115 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。Specifically, R 115 includes the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the acid anhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). Formula (O) [Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image027
In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The same (2) R 115 R 115 is preferably in the range of meaning as in formula, preferred ranges are also the same.

作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可舉出均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐及該等的碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydride include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4' -Diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride , 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4' -Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7 -Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2, 3-Dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4 -Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylene Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride , 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzene Tetracarboxylic dianhydride and these C1-C6 alkyl groups and C1-C6 alkoxy derivatives.

又,作為較佳例,還可舉出下述中所示出之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。 [化學式12]

Figure 02_image029
Moreover, as a preferable example, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DAA-1)-(DAA-5) shown below can also be mentioned. [Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image029

R111 和R115 中的至少一個具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R111 ,可舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。It is also preferable that at least one of R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 111 , a residue of a diaminophenol derivative can be mentioned.

R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,作為1價有機基團,包含直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基或聚伸烷氧基為較佳,包含聚伸烷氧基為更佳。又,R113 及R114 中的至少一個包含聚合性基團為較佳,兩者均包含聚合性基團為更佳。作為聚合性基團,能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用進行交聯反應之基團且自由基聚合性基團為較佳。作為聚合性基團的具體例,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥基甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、羥甲基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之自由基聚合性基團,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等。R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As a monovalent organic group, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group or a polyalkylene group is included. Preferably, it is more preferable to include a polyalkyleneoxy group. Moreover, it is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferable that both contain a polymerizable group. As the polymerizable group, a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, radicals, etc., and a radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of the polymerizable group include groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, alkoxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, acyloxymethyl, epoxy, oxetanyl, benzo Azazole group, blocked isocyanate group, methylol group, amino group. As the radical polymerizable group possessed by the polyimide precursor, etc., a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (methyl)allyl group, a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like.

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image031
[Chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image031

在式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為更佳。 在式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或碳數4~30的聚氧伸烷基。 較佳之R201 的例子可舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基等伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -為更佳。 特佳為R200 係甲基,R201 係伸乙基。In the formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable. In the formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbons, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbons. Examples of preferred R 201 include ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, hexamethylene Alkylene, octamethylene, dodecamethylene, etc., -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2- For better. Particularly preferably, R 200 is a methyl group, and R 201 is an ethylene group.

R113 及R114 分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基團。作為1價有機基團,可舉出對構成芳基之1個、2個或3個(較佳為1個)碳鍵結有酸基之芳香族基及芳烷基等。具體而言,可舉出具有酸基之碳數6~20的芳香族基、具有酸基之碳數7~25的芳烷基。更具體而言,可舉出具有酸基之苯基及具有酸基之苄基。酸基係OH基為較佳。 R113 或R114 係氫原子、2-羥基苄基、3-羥基苄基及4-羥基苄基亦更佳。R 113 and R 114 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group include aromatic groups and aralkyl groups having an acid group bonded to one, two, or three (preferably one) carbons constituting the aryl group. Specifically, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group can be mentioned. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group can be mentioned. The acid group is preferably an OH group. R 113 or R 114 is preferably a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl, and 4-hydroxybenzyl.

從對有機溶劑的溶解度的觀點考慮,R113 或R114 係1價有機基團為較佳。作為1價有機基團,包含直鏈或支鏈烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基為較佳,被芳香族基取代之烷基為更佳。 烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任1個。作為直鏈或支鏈的烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、1-乙基戊基、2-乙基己基2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、及2-(2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基。環狀烷基可以為單環環狀烷基,亦可以為多環環狀烷基。作為單環的環狀烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環的環狀烷基,例如,可舉出金剛烷基、降莰基、莰基、莰烯基(camphenyl)、十氫萘基、三環癸烷基、四環癸烷基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基(pinenyl)。其中,從兼顧高靈敏度化的觀點考慮,環己基為最佳。又,作為被芳香族基取代之烷基,被後述芳香族基取代之直鏈烷基為較佳。 作為芳香族基,具體而言為經取代或未經取代的苯環、萘環、戊搭烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、茚烯環、苝環、稠五苯環、苊烯環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯環、䓛環、三伸苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吲口巾環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹口巾環、喹啉環、呔𠯤環、萘啶環、喹㗁啉環、喹唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、色烯環、𠮿口星環、啡㗁噻環、啡噻𠯤環或啡𠯤環。苯環為最佳。From the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, it is preferable to include a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an aromatic group, and an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group is more preferable. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-30. The alkyl group may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic. Examples of linear or branched alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, and decyl groups. Tetraalkyl, octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, secondary butyl, tertiary butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl 2-(2-(2-methoxy Ethoxy) ethoxy) ethoxy, 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy) ethoxy) ethoxy) ethoxy, 2-(2-(2-(2- Methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, and 2-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of monocyclic cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of polycyclic cyclic alkyl groups include adamantyl, norbornyl, camphenyl, camphenyl (camphenyl), decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, and camphenyl. Diacyl, dicyclohexyl and pinenyl (pinenyl). Among them, from the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity, cyclohexyl is the most preferred. In addition, as the alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group, a linear alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group described later is preferred. As the aromatic group, specifically, substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptene ring, indenene ring, perylene ring, fused pentabenzene ring, Acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring, chrysene ring, terphenylene ring, pyrene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine Rings, pyridine rings, pyrimidine rings, dada rings, indole rings, indole rings, benzofuran rings, benzothiophene rings, isobenzofuran rings, quinoline rings, quinoline rings, and quinoline rings , Naphthyridine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thiaxanthene ring, chromene ring, star ring, phenanthrene ring㗁 Thio ring, phenothi ring or brown 𠯤 ring. The benzene ring is the best.

在式(2)中,R113 係氫原子的情況或R114 係氫原子的情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之3級胺化合物形成共軛鹽。作為具有該種乙烯性不飽和鍵之3級胺化合物的例子,可舉出N,N-二甲基胺丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor may form a conjugated salt with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of tertiary amine compounds having such ethylenically unsaturated bonds include N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.

又,聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構單元中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。Moreover, it is also preferable that the polyimide precursor has a fluorine atom in the structural unit. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.

又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In addition, for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of the diamine component include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, and the like.

由式(2)表示之重複單元係由式(2-A)表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物等中的至少一種為具有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由設為該種結構,能夠進一步擴大曝光寬容度的幅度。 式(2-A) [化學式14]

Figure 02_image033
式(2-A)中,A1 及A2 表示氧原子,R111 及R112 分別獨立地表示2價有機基團,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R113 及R114 中的至少一個為包含聚合性基團之基團,兩者均為包含聚合性基團之基團為較佳。The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably the repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one of the polyimide precursors and the like used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). With this structure, the exposure latitude can be further expanded. Formula (2-A) [Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image033
In the formula (2-A), A 1 and A 2 represent an oxygen atom, R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, At least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and it is preferable that both of them are groups containing a polymerizable group.

A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 的含義分別獨立地與式(2)中的A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R112 的含義與式(5)中的R112 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 A 1, A 2, R 111 , R 113 and R 114 are each independently the meanings in the formula A 1, A 2, R 111 , R 113 , and R is the same 114 (2), and preferred ranges are also the same. The same as R (5) in the meaning as in formula R 112 112, preferred ranges are also the same.

聚醯亞胺前驅物可以包含一種由式(2)表示之重複單元,亦可以包含兩種以上。又,可以包含由式(2)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,除上述式(2)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺前驅物顯然可以包含其他種類的重複單元。The polyimide precursor may include one type of repeating unit represented by formula (2), or may include two or more types. Furthermore, it may contain structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). Moreover, in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (2), the polyimide precursor may obviously include other types of repeating units.

作為本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可例示總重複單元的50莫耳%以上,進而為70莫耳%以上,尤其90莫耳%以上為由式(2)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物。As an embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, 50 mol% or more of the total repeating unit, further 70 mol% or more, especially 90 mol% or more, are repeats represented by formula (2). The polyimide precursor of the unit.

聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~27,000,進一步較佳為22,000~25,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為2.5以上為較佳,2.7以上為更佳,2.8以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別限定,例如,4.5以下為較佳,4.0以下為更佳,3.8以下為進一步較佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳,3.1以下為更進一步較佳,3.0以下為再進一步較佳,2.95以下為特佳。 另一方面,從顯影性的觀點考慮,重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為2,000~40,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,進一步較佳為4,000~20,000。 從顯影性的觀點考慮,上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.8以上為較佳,2.0以上為更佳,2.2以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別限定,例如,7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度係藉由重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量算出之值。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 27,000, and still more preferably 22,000 to 25,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and still more preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2.5 or more, more preferably 2.7 or more, and even more preferably 2.8 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited. For example, 4.5 or less is preferred, 4.0 or less is more preferred, 3.8 or less is more preferred, 3.2 or less is more preferred, and 3.1 or less is more preferred. To be even more preferable, 3.0 or less is still more preferable, and 2.95 or less is particularly preferable. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developability, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 15,000 to 40,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and still more preferably 4,000 to 20,000. From the viewpoint of developability, the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.8 or more, more preferably 2.0 or more, and even more preferably 2.2 or more. The upper limit of the degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferably 7.0 or less, more preferably 6.5 or less, and more preferably 6.0 or less. In this specification, the degree of molecular weight dispersion is a value calculated from weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.

〔聚醯亞胺〕 用於本發明之聚醯亞胺可以為鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺,亦可以為可溶於以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之聚醯亞胺。 在本說明書中,鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺表示在100g的2.38質量%四甲基銨水溶液中,在23℃下溶解0.1g以上的聚醯亞胺,從圖案形成性的觀點考慮,溶解0.5g以上的聚醯亞胺為較佳,溶解1.0g以上的聚醯亞胺為進一步較佳。上述溶解量的上限並無特別限定,100g以下為較佳。 又,從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度及絕緣性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺係在主鏈具有複數個醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”表示在構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”表示除其以外的鍵結鏈。〔Polyimide〕 The polyimide used in the present invention may be an alkali-soluble polyimide, or may be a polyimide soluble in a developer containing an organic solvent as the main component. In this specification, alkali-soluble polyimide means that 0.1 g or more of polyimide is dissolved in 100 g of 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium aqueous solution at 23°C. From the viewpoint of pattern formation, 0.5 g is dissolved The above polyimine is preferable, and it is more preferable to dissolve 1.0 g or more of polyimine. The upper limit of the above-mentioned dissolution amount is not particularly limited, but 100 g or less is preferable. In addition, from the viewpoint of the film strength and insulating properties of the cured film obtained, the polyimide is preferably a polyimide having a plurality of imine structures in the main chain. In this specification, the "main chain" means the relatively longest bonding chain in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain" means the other bonding chain.

-氟原子- 從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有氟原子為較佳。 氟原子例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中R131 中為較佳,作為氟化烷基包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之氟原子的量為1~50mol/g為較佳,5~30mol/g為更佳。-Fluorine atom- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the cured film obtained, it is preferable that the polyimide has a fluorine atom. The fluorine atom is preferably contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and is included as a fluorinated alkyl group in the repeating unit described later. R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later is more preferred. The amount of fluorine atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 1-50 mol/g, more preferably 5-30 mol/g.

-矽原子- 從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有矽原子為較佳。 矽原子例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為後述之有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 又,上述矽原子或上述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構可以包含在聚醯亞胺的側鏈,但包含在聚醯亞胺的主鏈為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之矽原子的量為0.01~5mol/g為較佳,0.05~1mol/g為更佳。-Silicon atom- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the cured film obtained, it is preferable that the polyimide has a silicon atom. R silicon atom such as contained in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later of the 131 is preferred as the organic modified later after the (poly) silicon oxide having a structure comprising repeating units described the following represented by the formula (4) of R 131 is more preferable. In addition, the above-mentioned silicon atom or the above-mentioned organically modified (poly)siloxane structure may be included in the side chain of the polyimide, but it is preferably included in the main chain of the polyimide. The amount of silicon atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.01-5 mol/g, more preferably 0.05-1 mol/g.

-乙烯性不飽和鍵- 從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,亦可以在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,在側鏈具有為較佳。 上述乙烯性不飽和鍵具有自由基聚合性為較佳。 乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 該等之中,乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基等具有直接鍵結於芳香環之可以被取代的乙烯基之基團、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等。-Ethylene unsaturated bond- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the cured film to be obtained, it is preferable that the polyimide has an ethylenic unsaturated bond. The polyimide may have an ethylenically unsaturated bond at the end of the main chain, or may have an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain, and preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain. It is preferable that the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond has radical polymerizability. It is preferable that the ethylenically unsaturated bond is contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, as the one having ethylenically unsaturated bond It is more preferable that the group is contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) mentioned later or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) mentioned later. Among these, ethylenic unsaturated bond comprises a repeating unit represented by the above formula of the following (4) of the R 131 is preferred, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond to include the following described by the formula (4) R 131 in the repeating unit shown is more preferable. Examples of groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds include groups such as vinyl groups, allyl groups, and vinyl phenyl groups that have a vinyl group that may be directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and (meth)acrylic acid groups. An amino group, a (meth)acryloxy group, a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image035
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image035

在式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子或甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為更佳。In the formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, an ethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable.

在式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-O-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、碳數2~30的(聚)氧伸烷基(伸烷基的碳數為2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2或3為特佳;重複數為1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為特佳)或將該等組合2個以上之基團。 此外,(聚)氧伸烷基表示氧伸烷基或聚氧伸烷基。In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, -C(=O)O-, -O(C=O)NH -. (Poly)oxyalkylenes with 2-30 carbons (the carbon number of the alkylenes is preferably 2-12, more preferably 2-6, particularly preferably 2 or 3; repeating number is 1-12 Is preferred, 1 to 6 are more preferred, and 1 to 3 are particularly preferred) or a combination of two or more groups. In addition, (poly)oxyalkylene means oxyalkylene or polyoxyalkylene.

該等之中,R201 係由下述式(R1)~式(R3)中的任一個表示之基團為較佳,由式(R1)表示之基團為更佳。 [化學式16]

Figure 02_image037
在式(R1)~(R3)中,L表示單鍵或碳數2~12的伸烷基、碳數2~30的(聚)氧伸烷基或將該等鍵結2個以上之基團,X表示氧原子或硫原子,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,●表示與式(III)中的R201 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位。 在式(R1)~(R3)中,L中的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)氧伸烷基的較佳態樣與上述R201 中的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)氧伸烷基的較佳態樣相同。 在式(R1)中,X係氧原子為較佳。 在式(R1)~(R3)中,*的含義與式(III)中的*相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 由式(R1)表示之結構例如可藉由使酚性羥基等具有羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有異氰酸基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 由式(R2)表示之結構例如可藉由使具有羧基之聚醯亞胺與具有羥基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 由式(R3)表示之結構例如可藉由使酚性羥基等具有羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有環氧丙基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯等)進行反應來獲得。Among these, R 201 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulas (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (R1). [Chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image037
In the formulas (R1) to (R3), L represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbons, a (poly)oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbons, or a group bonding these two or more X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, * represents a bonding site with other structures, and ● represents a bonding site with an oxygen atom bonded to R 201 in formula (III). In the formulas (R1) to (R3), the preferred aspect of the alkylene having 2 to 12 carbons or the (poly)oxyalkylene having 2 to 30 carbons in L is the same as the number of carbons in the above R 201 The preferred aspects of the 2-12 alkylene group or the (poly)oxyalkylene group having 2-30 carbon atoms are the same. In the formula (R1), the X-based oxygen atom is preferred. In formulas (R1) to (R3), * has the same meaning as * in formula (III), and preferred aspects are also the same. The structure represented by the formula (R1) can be obtained, for example, by making a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group and a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, methacrylic acid 2-isocyanate group) Ethyl ester, etc.) to be obtained by reaction. The structure represented by the formula (R2) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxyl group with a compound having a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc.). The structure represented by the formula (R3) can be formed by, for example, polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group and a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, glycidyl methacrylate, etc.) It is obtained by reaction.

在式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,係與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的鍵結部位為較佳。In the formula (III), * represents the bonding site with other structures, and the bonding site with the main chain of the polyimide is preferred.

相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之乙烯性不飽和鍵的量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。The amount of ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.05-10 mol/g, more preferably 0.1-5 mol/g.

-除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團- 聚醯亞胺可以具有除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團。 作為除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團,可舉出環氧基、氧雜環丁基等環狀醚基、甲氧基甲基等烷氧基甲基、羥甲基等。 除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團的量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。-Crosslinkable group other than ethylenic unsaturated bond- Polyimide may have a crosslinkable group other than ethylenic unsaturated bond. Examples of crosslinkable groups other than ethylenically unsaturated bonds include cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups, alkoxymethyl groups such as methoxymethyl groups, and hydroxymethyl groups. R crosslinkable groups other than an ethylenically unsaturated bond, for example, contained in the repeating unit represented by the sum of the later-described formula (4) 131 is preferred. The amount of crosslinkable groups other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.05-10 mol/g, more preferably 0.1-5 mol/g.

-酸值- 將聚醯亞胺用於鹼顯影時,從提高顯影性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的酸值為30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。 又,上述酸值為500mgKOH/g以下為較佳,400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。 又,在使用以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之顯影(例如,後述之“溶劑顯影”)中使用聚醯亞胺時,聚醯亞胺的酸值為2~35mgKOH/g為較佳,3~30mgKOH/g為更佳,5~20mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 上述酸值藉由公知的方法測定,例如,藉由記載於JIS K 0070:1992中的方法測定。 又,作為包含在聚醯亞胺的酸基,從兼顧保存穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,pKa為0~10的酸基為較佳,3~8的酸基為更佳。 pKa係考慮由氧釋放氫離子之解離反應並藉由其負的常用對數pKa表示其平衡常數Ka者。在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則將pKa設為基於ACD/ChemSketch(註冊商標)的計算值。或者,可以參考日本化學會編“改訂5版 化學便覽 基礎篇”中所記載的值。 又,酸基例如為磷酸等多元酸的情況下,上述pKa係第一解離常數。 作為該種酸基,聚醯亞胺包含選自包括羧基及酚性羥基之群組中之至少一種為較佳,包含酚性羥基為更佳。-Acid value- When polyimide is used for alkali development, from the viewpoint of improving the developability, the acid value of polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. good. In addition, the acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. In addition, when polyimide is used in development (for example, "solvent development" described below) using a developer with an organic solvent as the main component, the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 2 to 35 mgKOH/g. 3-30 mgKOH/g is more preferable, and 5-20 mgKOH/g is still more preferable. The above-mentioned acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070:1992. In addition, as the acid group contained in the polyimide, from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and developability, an acid group having a pKa of 0-10 is preferable, and an acid group having a pKa of 3-8 is more preferable. pKa considers the dissociation reaction of hydrogen ions released from oxygen and expresses its equilibrium constant Ka by its negative common logarithm pKa. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, pKa is set to a calculated value based on ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark). Alternatively, you can refer to the values described in the "Revised 5th Edition Chemistry Handbook Basics" compiled by the Chemical Society of Japan. In addition, when the acid group is a polybasic acid such as phosphoric acid, the above-mentioned pKa is the first dissociation constant. As the acid group, it is preferable that the polyimide contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and it is more preferable to contain a phenolic hydroxyl group.

-酚性羥基- 從使基於鹼顯影液之顯影速度適當的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有酚性羥基為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有酚性羥基,亦可以在側鏈具有酚性羥基。 酚性羥基例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之酚性羥基的量為0.1~30mol/g為較佳,1~20mol/g為更佳。-Phenolic hydroxyl group- From the viewpoint of making the development speed based on an alkali developer appropriate, it is preferable that the polyimide has a phenolic hydroxyl group. The polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the main chain, or may have a phenolic hydroxyl group at the side chain. The phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably contained in, for example, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later. The amount of the phenolic hydroxyl group relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol/g, and more preferably 1 to 20 mol/g.

作為在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺,只要為具有醯亞胺環之高分子化合物,則並無特別限定,包含由下述式(4)表示之重複單元為較佳,包含由式(4)表示之重複單元且具有聚合性基團之化合物為更佳。 式(4) [化學式17]

Figure 02_image039
在式(4)中,R131 表示2價有機基團,R132 表示4價有機基團。 具有聚合性基團時,聚合性基團可以位於R131 及R132 中的至少一個上,亦可以如下述式(4-1)或式(4-2)所示,位於聚醯亞胺的末端。 式(4-1) [化學式18]
Figure 02_image041
在式(4-1)中,R133 係聚合性基團,其他基團的含義與式(4)相同。 式(4-2) [化學式19]
Figure 02_image043
R134 及R135 中的至少一個為聚合性基團,不是聚合性基團的情況下為有機基團,其他基團的含義與式(4)相同。The polyimide used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having an imine ring, and it preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), including the formula ( 4) Compounds with repeating units and polymerizable groups are more preferred. Formula (4) [Chemical Formula 17]
Figure 02_image039
In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. When it has a polymerizable group, the polymerizable group may be located on at least one of R 131 and R 132 , or it may be located on the polyimide as shown in the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2) End. Formula (4-1) [Chemical Formula 18]
Figure 02_image041
In the formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the meaning of the other groups is the same as in the formula (4). Formula (4-2) [Chemical Formula 19]
Figure 02_image043
At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymerizable group, and when it is not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group, and the meaning of the other groups is the same as that of formula (4).

聚合性基團的含義與在上述之聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基團中說明之聚合性基團相同。 R131 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可例示與式(2)中的R111 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,作為R131 ,可舉出二胺的去除胺基後殘留之二胺殘基。作為二胺,可舉出脂肪族、環式脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。 作為具體例,可舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R111 的例子。The meaning of the polymerizable group is the same as the polymerizable group described in the polymerizable group possessed by the polyimide precursor and the like mentioned above. R 131 represents a divalent organic group. As a divalent organic group, the same thing as R 111 in Formula (2) can be illustrated, and a preferable range is also the same. Moreover, as R 131 , the diamine residue remaining after removal of the amine group of the diamine can be mentioned. Examples of diamines include aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, or aromatic diamines. As a specific example, an example of R 111 in the formula (2) of the polyimide precursor can be given.

從燒成時更有效地抑制產生翹曲的觀點考慮,R131 係在主鏈具有至少2個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺殘基為較佳。更佳為在一分子中共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一個或兩者之二胺殘基,進一步較佳為不包含芳香環之二胺殘基。When firing from the viewpoint of more effectively suppressing warpage, R 131 is based diamine residue having preferably at least two of the alkylene glycol units in the main chain. It is more preferable that a total of two or more diamine residues of either or both of the ethylene glycol chain and the propylene glycol chain are contained in one molecule, and it is still more preferable that the diamine residue does not contain an aromatic ring.

作為共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的一個或兩者之二胺,可舉出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上商品名,Huntsman Corporation製)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該等。Examples of diamines containing one or both of two or more ethylene glycol chains and propylene glycol chains in total include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR- 148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (the above trade names, manufactured by Huntsman Corporation), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy Yl)propoxy)propane-2-amine, 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propane-2-amine, etc., but not limited to Such.

R132 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,可例示與式(2)中的R115 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 例如,作為R115 例示之4價有機基團的4個連接鍵與上述式(4)中的4個-C(=O)-的部分鍵結而形成縮合環。 [化學式20]

Figure 02_image045
R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, the same thing as R 115 in Formula (2) can be illustrated, and a preferable range is also the same. For example, the four linkages of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 are bonded to the four -C(=O)- moieties in the above formula (4) to form a condensed ring. [Chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image045

又,R132 可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。作為具體例,可舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R115 的例子。從硬化膜的強度的觀點考慮,R132 係具有1~4個芳香環之芳香族二胺殘基為較佳。In addition, R 132 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing an acid anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. As a specific example, an example of R 115 in the formula (2) of the polyimide precursor can be given. From the viewpoint of the strength of the cured film, R 132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.

在R131 和R132 中的至少一個上具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R131 ,可舉出2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、上述之(DA-1)~(DA-18)作為較佳例,作為R132 ,可舉出上述之(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)作為更佳例。It is also preferable to have an OH group on at least one of R 131 and R 132. More specifically, as R 131 , 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoro Propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, the above (DA-1)~ (DA-18) As a preferable example, as R 132 , the above-mentioned (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) can be cited as more preferable examples.

又,聚醯亞胺在結構中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺中的氟原子的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。In addition, it is also preferable that the polyimide has a fluorine atom in the structure. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.

又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In addition, for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate, polyimide may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of the diamine component include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, and the like.

又,為了提高組成物的保存穩定性,聚醯亞胺的主鏈末端用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封為較佳。該等中,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用兩種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。In addition, in order to improve the storage stability of the composition, the main chain end of the polyimide is preferably sealed with a terminal blocking agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monochlorine compound, and a monoactive ester compound. Among these, it is more preferable to use monoamines. As preferred compounds for monoamines, aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyl Quinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-amine Naphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-amine Naphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-amine Benzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid Acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4 -Aminothiophenols, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and plural kinds of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting plural kinds of end-capping agents.

-醯亞胺化率(閉環率)- 從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度、絕緣性等觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的上限並無特別限定,100%以下即可。 例如可藉由下述方法測定上述醯亞胺化率。 測定聚醯亞胺的紅外吸收光譜,求出源自醯亞胺結構的吸收峰即1377cm-1 附近的峰強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下熱處理1小時之後、再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm-1 附近的峰強度P2。利用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,根據下述式,能夠求出聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰強度P1/峰強度P2)×100-Imidation rate (closed loop rate)-From the viewpoint of film strength and insulation of the cured film obtained, the imidization rate of polyimide (also referred to as "closed loop rate") is 70% or more More preferably, more than 80% is more preferable, and more than 90% is more preferable. The upper limit of the above-mentioned imidization rate is not particularly limited, and it may be 100% or less. For example, the above-mentioned imidization rate can be measured by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide was measured, and the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm-1 , which is an absorption peak derived from the imine structure, was determined. Next, after the polyimide was heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, the infrared absorption spectrum was measured again, and the peak intensity P2 in the vicinity of 1377 cm -1 was determined. Using the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2, the imidization rate of polyimide can be obtained according to the following formula. The imidization rate (%)=(peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2)×100

聚醯亞胺可以包括全部包含一種R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複單元,亦可以包括包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複單元。又,除上述式(4)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元。The polyimide may include all of the repeating units of the above formula (4) containing one type of R 131 or R 132 , and may also include the repeating units of the above formula (4) including two or more different types of R 131 or R 132 . Moreover, in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (4), the polyimide may also include other types of repeating units.

聚醯亞胺例如能夠利用低溫中使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)反應之方法、低溫中使四羧酸二酐(將一部分取代為酸酐或單醯氯化合物或單活性酯化合物亦即封端劑)與二胺化合物反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯之後在二胺(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)和縮合劑的存在下使其反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯之後使剩餘的二羧酸醯氯化並使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)反應之方法等方法獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,將其用習知之醯亞胺化反應法,並利用完全醯亞胺化之方法或中途停止醯亞胺化反應並導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法、進而藉由混合完全醯亞胺化之聚合物及其聚醯亞胺前驅物來導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法來合成。 作為聚醯亞胺的市售品,可例示Durimide(註冊商標)284(FUJIFILM Corporation製)、Matrimide5218(Huntsman Corporation製)。Polyimine can be used, for example, by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound (part of it is substituted into monoamine, that is, a blocking agent) at low temperature, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride (part of being substituted with acid anhydride) at low temperature Or a method of reacting a monochlorine compound or a monoactive ester compound (that is, a blocking agent) with a diamine compound. After the diester is obtained by tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, the diamine (substituting a part of the monoamine, that is, blocking A method of reacting in the presence of a terminal agent) and a condensing agent. After obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol, chlorination of the remaining dicarboxylic acid and diamine (part of it is substituted with monoamine) The polyimide precursor is obtained by the method of the capping agent), and the polyimide precursor is obtained by using the conventional imidization reaction method, and the complete imidization method is used or the imidization reaction is stopped halfway and introduced Part of the imine structure is synthesized by mixing a fully imidized polymer and its polyimide precursor to introduce a part of the imine structure. As a commercially available product of polyimide, Durimide (registered trademark) 284 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation) and Matrimide 5218 (manufactured by Huntsman Corporation) can be exemplified.

聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折彎性。為了獲得機械特性優異之硬化膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,含有兩種以上聚醯亞胺時,至少一種聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量在上述範圍為較佳。 另一方面,從耐化學性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the bending resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain a cured film with excellent mechanical properties, it is particularly preferred that the weight average molecular weight is 20,000 or more. In addition, when two or more polyimines are contained, the weight average molecular weight of at least one polyimines is preferably within the above-mentioned range. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 15,000 to 40,000.

〔聚苯并㗁唑前驅物〕 在本發明中使用之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,對其結構等並無特別限定,較佳為包含由下述式(3)表示之重複單元。 式(3) [化學式21]

Figure 02_image047
在式(3)中,R121 表示2價有機基團,R122 表示4價有機基團,R123 及R124 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。[Polybenzoxazole Precursor] The polybenzoxazole precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in its structure and the like, but preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3). Formula (3) [Chemical Formula 21]
Figure 02_image047
In formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group, R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.

在式(3)中,R123 及R124 的含義分別與式(2)中的R113 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。亦即,至少一個為聚合性基團為較佳。 在式(3)中,R121 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,包含脂肪族基及芳香族基中的至少一個基團為較佳。作為脂肪族基,直鏈脂肪族基為較佳。R121 係二羧酸殘基為較佳。二羧酸殘基可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。In formula (3), R 123 and R 124 have the same meanings as R 113 in formula (2), and their preferred ranges are also the same. That is, it is preferable that at least one is a polymerizable group. In formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, it is preferable to include at least one of an aliphatic group and an aromatic group. As the aliphatic group, a straight-chain aliphatic group is preferred. R 121 is preferably a dicarboxylic acid residue. Only one type of dicarboxylic acid residue may be used, or two or more types may be used.

作為二羧酸殘基,包含脂肪族基之二羧酸及包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為較佳,包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為更佳。 作為包含脂肪族基之二羧酸,包含直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基之二羧酸為較佳,由直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基的碳數為2~30為較佳,2~25為更佳,3~20為進一步較佳,4~15為更進一步較佳,5~10為特佳。直鏈的脂肪族基係伸烷基為較佳。 作為包含直鏈的脂肪族基之二羧酸,可舉出丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、異丙基丙二酸、二-正丁基丙二酸、琥珀酸、四氟琥珀酸、甲基琥珀酸、2,2-二甲基琥珀酸、2,3-二甲基琥珀酸、二甲基甲基琥珀酸、戊二酸、六氟戊二酸、2-甲基戊二酸、3-甲基戊二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二甲基戊二酸、3-乙基-3-甲基戊二酸、己二酸、八氟己二酸、3-甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2,6,6-四甲基庚二酸、辛二酸、十二氟辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十六氟癸二酸、1,9-壬二酸、十二烷二酸、十三烷二酸、十四烷二酸、十五烷二酸、十六烷二酸、十七烷二酸、十八烷二酸、十九烷二酸、二十烷二酸、二十一烷二酸、二十二烷二酸、二十三烷二酸、二十四烷二酸、二十五烷二酸、二十六烷二酸、二十七烷二酸、二十八烷二酸、二十九烷二酸、三十烷二酸、三十一烷二酸、三十二烷二酸、二乙二醇酸、進而由下述式表示之二羧酸等。As the dicarboxylic acid residue, a dicarboxylic acid residue containing an aliphatic group and a dicarboxylic acid residue containing an aromatic group are preferable, and a dicarboxylic acid residue containing an aromatic group is more preferable. As dicarboxylic acids containing aliphatic groups, dicarboxylic acids containing linear or branched aliphatic groups (preferably straight-chain) are preferred. A dicarboxylic acid composed of a family group and 2 -COOH is more preferred. The carbon number of the linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic group is preferably 2-30, more preferably 2-25, more preferably 3-20, and still more preferably 4-15 , 5~10 are particularly good. The straight-chain aliphatic group is preferably an alkylene group. Examples of dicarboxylic acids containing linear aliphatic groups include malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, and succinic acid. Acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, dimethylmethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric acid , Adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyladipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpimelic acid, suberic acid, dodecafluoro suberic acid, azela Diacid, sebacic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, 1,9-azelaic acid, dodecanedioic acid, tridecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid Acid, heptadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonadecanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid, behenedioic acid, tricosanedioic acid, twenty-four Alkanedioic acid, pentacosanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonaconanedioic acid, triaconanedioic acid, tridecanedioic acid Acid, tridodecanedioic acid, diethylene glycol acid, and dicarboxylic acid represented by the following formula.

[化學式22]

Figure 02_image049
(式中,Z係碳數1~6的烴基,n係1~6的整數。)[Chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image049
(In the formula, Z is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbons, and n is an integer of 1 to 6.)

作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸,具有以下芳香族基之二羧酸為較佳,僅由具有以下芳香族基之基團和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。As the dicarboxylic acid containing the aromatic group, the dicarboxylic acid having the following aromatic group is preferable, and the dicarboxylic acid composed only of the group having the following aromatic group and two -COOH is more preferable.

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image051
式中,A表示選自包括-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、-C(CF32 -及-C(CH32 -之群組中之2價基團。[Chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image051
In the formula, A represents selected from -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NHCO-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -and -C(CH 3 ) 2 -The divalent group in the group.

作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸的具體例,可舉出4,4’-羰基二苯甲酸及4,4’-二羧基二苯醚、對苯二甲酸。Specific examples of dicarboxylic acids containing aromatic groups include 4,4'-carbonyldibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxydiphenyl ether, and terephthalic acid.

在式(3)中,R122 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,含義與上述式(2)中的R115 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,R122 係源自雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團為較佳,作為源自雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團,例如,可舉出3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基聯苯基、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基聯苯基、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯基碸、雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)丙烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-2,4-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-4,6-二羥基苯等。該等雙胺基苯酚截圖單獨使用或混合使用。In formula (3), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, the meaning is the same as R 115 in the above formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. In addition, R 122 is preferably a group derived from a diaminophenol derivative. Examples of the group derived from a diaminophenol derivative include 3,3'-diamino-4,4 '-Dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl sulfide, 4 ,4'-Diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl sulfide, bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyl Phenyl) propane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, double -(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-di Hydroxybenzophenone, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3 '-Diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, 1 ,3-Diamino-4,6-dihydroxybenzene, etc. These diaminophenol screenshots are used alone or in combination.

在雙胺基苯酚衍生物中,具有下述芳香族基之雙胺基苯酚衍生物為較佳。Among the bisaminophenol derivatives, bisaminophenol derivatives having the following aromatic groups are preferred.

[化學式24]

Figure 02_image053
式中,X1 表示-O-、-S-、-C(CF32 -、-CH2 -、-SO2 -、-NHCO-。[Chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image053
In the formula, X 1 represents -O-, -S-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -CH 2 -, -SO 2 -, -NHCO-.

[化學式25]

Figure 02_image055
[Chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image055

在式(A-s)中,R1 係氫原子、伸烷基、取代伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、單鍵或選自下述式(A-sc)之群組中之有機基團。R2 係氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任一個,可以相同,亦可以不同。R3 係氫原子、直鏈或支鏈的烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任一個,可以相同,亦可以不同。In the formula (As), R 1 is a hydrogen atom, alkylene, substituted alkylene, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NHCO-, single bond or selected from the following The organic group in the group of formula (A-sc). R 2 is any one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and may be the same or different. R 3 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, which may be the same or different.

[化學式26]

Figure 02_image057
(在式(A-sc)中,*表示鍵結於由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的胺基苯酚基的芳香環。)[Chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image057
(In the formula (A-sc), * represents an aromatic ring bonded to the aminophenol group of the diaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (As).)

認為在上述式(A-s)中,在酚性羥基的鄰位亦即在R3 亦具有取代基這一情況會使醯胺鍵的羰基碳與羥基的距離更接近,並且從低溫下硬化時具有高環化率之效果進一步提高的觀點考慮,尤其較佳。It is believed that in the above formula (As), the ortho position of the phenolic hydroxyl group, that is, the substituent at R 3 will make the distance between the carbonyl carbon of the amide bond and the hydroxyl group closer. It is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the effect of the high cyclization rate.

又,上述式(A-s)中,R2 係烷基且R3 係烷基的情況下能夠維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時具有高環化率這一效果,因此較佳。In addition, in the above formula (As), when R 2 is an alkyl group and R 3 is an alkyl group, it can maintain high transparency to i-rays and has the effect of having a high cyclization rate when hardened at a low temperature, so it is preferable .

又,上述式(A-s)中,R1 係伸烷基或取代伸烷基為進一步較佳。作為R1 相關之伸烷基及取代伸烷基的具體例,可舉出-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH32 -、-CH(CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH2 CH3 )(CH2 CH3 )-、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-CH(CH(CH32 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH(CH32 )-、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-CH(CH2 CH(CH32 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH(CH32 )-、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3 )-等,其中從能夠獲得維持對i射線的高透明性和低溫下硬化時具有高環化率這一效果的同時對溶劑具有充分的溶解性之平衡優異之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的觀點考慮,-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH32 -為更佳。In addition, in the above formula (As), R 1 is an alkylene group or substituted alkylene group more preferably. Specific examples of the alkylene and substituted alkylenes related to R 1 include -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -C (CH 2 CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -CH (CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) -, -C (CH 3 ) (CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) -, -CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -CH (CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) -, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) -, -CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -C (CH 3 ) (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )- etc., among them, it is possible to maintain high transparency to i-rays and high cyclization when hardened at low temperature From the viewpoint of a polybenzoxazole precursor that has an excellent balance of solvent efficiency and sufficient solubility in solvents, -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -are Better.

作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的製造方法,例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-256506號公報的0085~0094段及實施例1(0189~0190段),該等內容編入本說明書中。As a method for producing the diaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (As), for example, refer to paragraphs 0085 to 0094 of JP 2013-256506 A and Example 1 (paragraphs 0189 to 0190). Included in this manual.

作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的結構的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-256506號公報的0070~0080段中記載的內容,該等內容編入本說明書中。當然並不限於該等。As a specific example of the structure of the diaminophenol derivative represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-s), the contents described in paragraphs 0070 to 0080 of JP 2013-256506 A are included, and these contents are incorporated in this specification. Of course, it is not limited to this.

除上述式(3)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。 從能夠抑制伴隨閉環產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,包含由下述式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複結構單元為較佳。In addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (3), the polybenzoxazole precursor may also include other types of repeating structural units. From the viewpoint of being able to suppress warpage accompanying ring closure, it is preferable to include a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as another type of repeating structural unit.

[化學式27]

Figure 02_image059
在式(SL)中,Z具有a結構和b結構,R1s 係氫原子或碳數1~10的烴基,R2s 係碳數1~10的烴基,R3s 、R4s 、R5s 、R6s 中的至少1個為芳香族基,剩餘部分為氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團,該等可以相同,亦可以不同。a結構及b結構的聚合可以為嵌段聚合或隨機聚合。關於Z部分的莫耳%,a結構為5~95莫耳%,b結構為95~5莫耳%,a+b為100莫耳%。[Chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image059
In formula (SL), Z has a structure and a structure b, R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons, R 2s is a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons, R 3s , R 4s , R 5s , R At least one of 6s is an aromatic group, and the remainder is a hydrogen atom or an organic group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and these may be the same or different. The polymerization of the a structure and the b structure may be block polymerization or random polymerization. Regarding the mol% of the Z part, the a structure is 5 to 95 mol%, the b structure is 95 to 5 mol%, and a+b is 100 mol%.

在式(SL)中,作為較佳的Z,可舉出b結構中的R5s 及R6s 為苯基者。又,由式(SL)表示之結構的分子量為400~4,000為較佳,500~3,000為更佳。藉由將上述分子量設為上述範圍,更有效地降低聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的脫水閉環後的彈性模數,並能夠兼顧能夠抑制翹曲之效果和提高溶劑溶解性之效果。In the formula (SL), preferred Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are phenyl groups. In addition, the molecular weight of the structure represented by the formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. By setting the above-mentioned molecular weight within the above-mentioned range, the elastic modulus of the polybenzoxazole precursor after dehydration and ring closure is more effectively reduced, and the effect of suppressing warpage and the effect of improving solvent solubility can be both achieved.

包含由式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複結構單元時,進而包含從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基作為重複結構單元亦較佳。作為該種四羧酸殘基的例子,可舉出式(2)中的R115 的例子。When the diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating structural unit, it is also preferable to further include the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the acid anhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride as the repeating structural unit. As an example of such a tetracarboxylic acid residue, an example of R 115 in the formula (2) can be given.

例如,在用於後述組成物中時,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~29,000,進一步較佳為22,000~28,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.4以上為較佳,1.5以上為更佳,1.6以上為進一步較佳。聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別限定,例如,2.6以下為較佳,2.5以下為更佳,2.4以下為進一步較佳,2.3以下為進一步較佳,2.2以下為更進一步較佳。For example, when used in the composition described later, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 29,000, and still more preferably 22,000 to 28,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and still more preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.4 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, and even more preferably 1.6 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is not particularly limited. For example, 2.6 or less is preferable, 2.5 or less is more preferable, 2.4 or less is more preferable, 2.3 or less is more preferable, and 2.2 The following are further preferred.

〔聚苯并㗁唑〕 作為聚苯并㗁唑,只要具有苯并㗁唑環之高分子化合物,則並無特別限定,由下述式(X)表示之化合物為較佳,由下述式(X)表示之化合物且具有聚合性基團之化合物為更佳。 [化學式28]

Figure 02_image061
在式(X)中,R133 表示2價有機基團,R134 表示4價有機基團。 具有聚合性基團時,聚合性基團可以位於R133 及R134 中的至少一個上,亦可以如下述式(X-1)或式(X-2)所示,位於聚苯并㗁唑的末端。 式(X-1) [化學式29]
Figure 02_image063
在式(X-1)中,R135 及R136 中的至少一個為聚合性基團,不是聚合性基團時為有機基團,其他基團的含義與式(X)相同。 式(X-2) [化學式30]
Figure 02_image065
在式(X-2)中,R137 係聚合性基團,其他為取代基,其他基團的含義與式(X)相同。[Polybenzoxazole] The polybenzoxazole is not particularly limited as long as it has a polymer compound having a benzoxazole ring. The compound represented by the following formula (X) is preferred, which is represented by the following formula The compound represented by (X) and a compound having a polymerizable group are more preferable. [Chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image061
In formula (X), R 133 represents a divalent organic group, and R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. When it has a polymerizable group, the polymerizable group may be located on at least one of R 133 and R 134 , or may be located on polybenzoxazole as shown in the following formula (X-1) or formula (X-2) The end. Formula (X-1) [Chemical Formula 29]
Figure 02_image063
In formula (X-1), at least one of R 135 and R 136 is a polymerizable group, and when it is not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group, and the meaning of the other groups is the same as that of formula (X). Formula (X-2) [Chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image065
In the formula (X-2), R137 is a polymerizable group, the others are substituents, and the meanings of the other groups are the same as in the formula (X).

聚合性基團的含義與在上述之聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基團中說明之聚合性基團相同。The meaning of the polymerizable group is the same as the polymerizable group described in the polymerizable group possessed by the polyimide precursor and the like mentioned above.

R133 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可舉出脂肪族基或芳香族基。作為具體例,可舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R121 的例子。又,其較佳例的含義與R121 相同。R 133 represents a divalent organic group. As a divalent organic group, an aliphatic group or an aromatic group can be mentioned. As a specific example, an example of R 121 in the formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor can be given. In addition, the meaning of the preferred example is the same as that of R 121 .

R134 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,可舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R122 的例子。又,其較佳例的含義與R122 相同。 例如,作為R122 例示之4價有機基團的4個連接鍵與上述式(X)中的氮原子、氧原子鍵結而形成縮合環。例如,R134 係下述有機基團時,形成下述結構。 [化學式31]

Figure 02_image067
R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. Examples of the tetravalent organic group include R 122 in the formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor. In addition, the meaning of the preferred example is the same as that of R 122 . For example, the four linkages of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 122 are bonded to the nitrogen atom and the oxygen atom in the above formula (X) to form a condensed ring. For example, when R 134 is the following organic group, the following structure is formed. [Chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image067

聚苯并㗁唑的㗁唑化率為85%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳。上限並無特別限定,可以為100%。藉由㗁唑化率為85%以上,基於閉環(藉由加熱而被㗁唑化時發生)之膜收縮變小,並能夠更有效抑制產生翹曲。The azolization rate of polybenzoxazole is preferably 85% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100%. With the azolization rate of 85% or more, the shrinkage of the film based on the closed loop (which occurs when azolization is heated by heating) becomes smaller, and the occurrence of warpage can be more effectively suppressed.

聚苯并㗁唑可以包括全部包含一種R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複結構單元,亦可以包括包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複單元。又,除上述式(X)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。Polybenzoxazole may include all of the repeating structural units of the above formula (X) containing one kind of R 131 or R 132 , and may also include the repeating of the above formula (X) containing two or more different types of R 131 or R 132 unit. Moreover, in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (X), the polybenzoxazole may also include other types of repeating structural units.

例如,使雙胺基苯酚衍生物與包含R133 之二羧酸或選自上述二羧酸的二羧酸二氯化物及二羧酸衍生物等之化合物進行反應來獲得聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,利用習知之㗁唑化反應法使該等㗁唑化,藉此可獲得聚苯并㗁唑。 此外,在二羧酸的情況下,為了提高反應產率等,亦可以使用預先使1-羥基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等進行反應之活性酯型的二羧酸衍生物。For example, the diaminophenol derivative is reacted with a dicarboxylic acid containing R 133 or a compound selected from the dicarboxylic acid dichloride and dicarboxylic acid derivative of the above-mentioned dicarboxylic acid to obtain a polybenzoxazole precursor In order to obtain polybenzoxazole, the oxazole can be obtained by using the conventional oxazole reaction method. In addition, in the case of dicarboxylic acid, in order to increase the reaction yield, etc., it is also possible to use an active ester type dicarboxylic acid derivative in which 1-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole and the like are reacted in advance.

聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折彎性。為了獲得機械特性優異之硬化膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,含有兩種以上的聚苯并㗁唑時,至少一種聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量在上述範圍為較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole is preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the bending resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain a cured film with excellent mechanical properties, it is particularly preferred that the weight average molecular weight is 20,000 or more. In addition, when two or more polybenzoxazoles are contained, the weight average molecular weight of at least one polybenzoxazole is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

〔聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法〕 聚醯亞胺前驅物等可藉由使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物與二胺進行反應來獲得。較佳為使用鹵化劑對二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物進行鹵化之後,使其與二胺進行反應來獲得。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,進行反應時,使用有機溶劑為較佳。 有機溶劑可以為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠依原料適當設定,可例示吡啶、二乙二醇二甲基醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及N-乙基吡咯啶酮。 聚醯亞胺可以在合成聚醯亞胺前驅物之後,藉由熱醯亞胺化、化學醯亞胺化(例如,藉由使觸媒產生作用來促進環化反應)等方法使其環化來製造,亦可以直接合成聚醯亞胺。[Manufacturing methods of polyimide precursors, etc.] The polyimide precursor or the like can be obtained by reacting dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with diamine. Preferably, it is obtained by halogenating a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative using a halogenating agent, and then reacting it with a diamine. In the production method of a polyimide precursor, etc., it is preferable to use an organic solvent when the reaction is carried out. The organic solvent may be one type or two or more types. The organic solvent can be appropriately set according to the raw material, and pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone, and N-ethylpyrrolidone can be exemplified. Polyimine can be cyclized by thermal imidization, chemical imidization (for example, by using a catalyst to promote the cyclization reaction) after synthesizing the polyimine precursor It can also be directly synthesized into polyimide.

-封端劑- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,用酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺前驅物等的末端為較佳。作為封端劑,使用單醇、苯酚、硫醇、苯硫酚、單胺為更佳。 作為單醇的較佳化合物,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、辛醇、十二醇、苯甲醇、2-苯基乙醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、2-氯甲醇、糠醇等一級醇、異丙醇、2-丁醇、環己醇、環戊醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等二級醇、三級丁基醇、金剛烷醇等三級醇等。作為苯酚類的較佳化合物,可舉出苯酚、甲氧基苯酚、甲基苯酚、萘-1-醇、萘-2-醇等。 作為單胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用兩種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。 又,密封樹脂末端的胺基時,能夠用具有能夠與胺基反應的官能基之化合物進行密封。對胺基的較佳密封劑為羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物、羧酸溴化物、磺酸氯化物、磺酸酐、磺酸羧酸酐等為較佳,羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物為更佳。作為羧酸酐的較佳化合物,可舉出乙酸酐、丙酸酐、草酸酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、苯甲酸酐等。又,作為羧酸氯化物的較佳化合物,可舉出乙醯氯、丙烯醯氯、丙醯氯、甲基丙烯醯氯、新戊醯氯、環己烷甲醯氯、2-乙基己醯氯、桂皮醯氯、1-金剛烷甲醯氯、七氟丁醯氯、硬脂醯氯、苯甲醯氯等。-Capping agent- When manufacturing polyimide precursors, etc., in order to further improve storage stability, it is better to seal the ends of the polyimide precursors with a blocking agent such as acid anhydrides, monocarboxylic acids, monochlorine compounds, and monoactive ester compounds. . As the blocking agent, it is more preferable to use monoalcohol, phenol, mercaptan, thiophenol, and monoamine. Preferred compounds of monoalcohol include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloro Primary alcohols such as methanol and furfuryl alcohol, isopropanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclopentanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and other secondary alcohols, tertiary butyl alcohol, adamantanol, etc. Grade alcohol and so on. Examples of preferable compounds of phenols include phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, and the like. Preferred compounds for monoamines include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-amino Naphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene Naphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene Naphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid , 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6- Dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and plural kinds of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting plural kinds of end-capping agents. In addition, when sealing the amine group at the end of the resin, it can be sealed with a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the amine group. Preferred sealants for amine groups are carboxylic acid anhydride, carboxylic acid chloride, carboxylic acid bromide, sulfonic acid chloride, sulfonic acid anhydride, sulfonic acid carboxylic acid anhydride, etc., more preferably carboxylic acid anhydride and carboxylic acid chloride. Preferred compounds of carboxylic anhydride include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, and the like. Also, preferred compounds of the carboxylic acid chloride include acetyl chloride, propylene chloride, propylene chloride, methacrylic acid chloride, neopentyl chloride, cyclohexane methyl chloride, and 2-ethylhexyl chloride. Chlorine, cinnamon chloride, 1-adamantane methyl chloride, heptafluorobutyryl chloride, stearyl chloride, benzyl chloride, etc.

-固體析出- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,可以包括析出固體之製程。具體而言,使反應液中的聚醯亞胺前驅物等沉澱於水中並使其溶解於可溶解四氫呋喃等聚醯亞胺前驅物等之溶劑,藉此能夠進行固體析出。 之後,藉由乾燥聚醯亞胺前驅物等,能夠獲得粉末狀的聚醯亞胺前驅物等。-Solid precipitation- When manufacturing polyimide precursors, etc., a process of precipitation of solids may be included. Specifically, by precipitating the polyimide precursor and the like in the reaction liquid in water and dissolving it in a solvent that can dissolve the polyimide precursor and the like such as tetrahydrofuran, the solid can be precipitated. After that, by drying the polyimide precursor, etc., a powdered polyimine precursor, etc. can be obtained.

〔含量〕 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中的特定樹脂的含量相對於熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。又,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中的特定樹脂的含量相對於熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為更進一步較佳,95質量%以下為再進一步較佳。 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以僅包含一種特定樹脂,亦可以包含兩種以上。包含兩種以上時,合計量在上述範圍為較佳。〔content〕 The content of the specific resin in the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more To be more preferable, 50% by mass or more is still more preferable. In addition, the content of the specific resin in the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and 98% by mass % Or less is more preferable, 97 mass% or less is still more preferable, and 95 mass% or less is still more preferable. The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may include only one type of specific resin, or may include two or more types. When two or more are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<感光劑> 熱硬化性感光性組成物包含感光劑。 作為感光劑,只要為具有如下作用(對熱硬化性感光層進行曝光時,產生自由基、產生酸等發生化學變化且伴隨上述結構變會使熱硬化性感光層對顯影液的溶解度發生變化)之化合物,則並無特別限定,可舉出光聚合起始劑、光酸產生劑等。<Sensitizer> The thermosetting photosensitive composition contains a photosensitizer. As a photosensitizer, it has the following functions (when the thermosetting photosensitive layer is exposed, free radicals are generated, acid is generated, etc., and the solubility of the thermosetting photosensitive layer to the developer is changed along with the above structural change) The compound is not particularly limited, and examples include photopolymerization initiators, photoacid generators, and the like.

〔光聚合起始劑〕 作為光聚合起始劑,可舉出光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑等,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。〔Photopolymerization initiator〕 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include photoradical polymerization initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators, and the like, and photoradical polymerization initiators are preferred.

-光自由基聚合起始劑- 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 例如,藉由含有光自由基聚合起始劑及後述自由基交聯劑,進行自由基聚合,藉由熱硬化性感光層的曝光部不溶於顯影液,能夠形成負型圖案。 作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,例如能夠適當選自公知的化合物中。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,可以為與經光激發之敏化劑產生一些作用並生成活性自由基之活性劑。-Photoradical polymerization initiator- The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator. For example, by containing a photoradical polymerization initiator and a free radical crosslinking agent described later, radical polymerization is performed, and the exposed portion of the thermally hardened photosensitive layer is insoluble in the developing solution, and a negative pattern can be formed. The radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be appropriately selected from known compounds. For example, a radical photopolymerization initiator having sensitivity to light from the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it can be an active agent that interacts with a light-excited sensitizer and generates active free radicals.

光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有一種對約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內的波長的光具有至少約50L·mol-1 ·cm-1 莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法來進行測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。The photoradical polymerization initiator contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 for light with a wavelength in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). good. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method. For example, an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian), using an ethyl acetate solvent, is preferably measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used arbitrarily. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazole skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), phosphonium phosphine compounds such as oxyphosphine oxide, hexaaryl bis Oxime compounds such as imidazole and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, Metallocene compounds, organoboron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc. For these details, reference can be made to the descriptions in paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP 2016-027357 A, and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, which are incorporated into this specification.

作為酮化合物,例如,可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。市售品中,還可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)。As the ketone compound, for example, the compound described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611 can be exemplified, and this content is incorporated in this specification. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,還能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如,還能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A No. 10-291969 and the phosphonium oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.

作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (brand names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用市售品IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(商品名:均為BASF公司製)、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369及Omnirad 379(均為IGM Resins公司製)。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF), Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, and Omnirad 379 (all manufactured by IGM Resins) can be used. ).

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,還能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中記載之化合物。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, it is also possible to use the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179, which has an absorption maximum wavelength matched with a light source of wavelengths such as 365nm or 405nm.

作為醯基膦系起始劑,可舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用市售品IRGACURE-819或IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)、Omnirad 819或Omnirad TPO(均為IGM Resins公司製)。Examples of the phosphine-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide. In addition, a commercially available product IRGACURE-819 or IRGACURE-TPO (brand name: all made by BASF), Omnirad 819, or Omnirad TPO (all made by IGM Resins) can be used.

作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784(BASF公司製)等。As the metallocene compound, IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) and the like can be exemplified.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,更佳為舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠進一步有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物中,曝光寬容度(曝光餘量)較廣,且還作為光硬化促進劑而發揮功能,因此特佳。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound is more preferable. By using an oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be further effectively improved. Among the oxime compounds, the exposure latitude (exposure margin) is relatively wide, and it also functions as a photohardening accelerator, so it is particularly preferred.

作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物。As specific examples of the oxime compound, the compound described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compound described in JP 2000-080068 A, and the compound described in JP 2006-342166 A can be used.

作為較佳的肟化合物,例如,可舉出下述結構的化合物、3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中,尤其將肟化合物(肟系的光自由基聚合起始劑)用作光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑的肟化合物在分子內具有由>C=N-O-C(=O)-表示之連結基。As a preferable oxime compound, for example, a compound having the following structure, 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one , 3-Propyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1 -Ketone, 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxy Carbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. In the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photoradical polymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator has a linking group represented by >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.

市售品中,還可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-014052號公報中記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co.,Ltd.製)。Among the commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (the above are made by BASF), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (made by ADEKA CORPORATION, Japan Special Publication 2012-014052) The photo-radical polymerization initiator described in No. 2). In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can be used. In addition, DFI-091 (manufactured by DAITO CHEMIX Co., Ltd.) can be used.

亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式32]

Figure 02_image069
The oxime compound of the following structure can also be used. [Chemical formula 32]
Figure 02_image069

又,能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中記載之化合物(C-3)等。In addition, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, the compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A, and JP 2013 -The compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of Bulletin No. 164471, etc.

作為最佳之肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報中所示出之具有特定取代基之肟化合物或日本特開2009-191061號公報中所示出之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等。As the best oxime compound, oxime compounds with specific substituents shown in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-269779 or oximes with sulfur aryl groups shown in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-191061 can be cited Compound etc.

從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑係選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photo-radical polymerization initiator is selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl tri ketal compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, and ketone compounds. Phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadienyl -Benzene-iron complexes and their salts, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferably compounds in the group.

進一步較佳之光自由基聚合起始劑係三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為更進一步較佳,肟化合物為更進一步較佳。Further preferred photo-radical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyl tri-ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium Salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds, selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds At least one of the compounds is further preferred, it is even more preferred to use a metallocene compound or an oxime compound, and the oxime compound is even more preferred.

又,光自由基聚合起始劑還能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮(Michler’s ketone))等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮,2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-口末啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環進行縮環而成之醌類、安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,還能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。In addition, the photoradical polymerization initiator can also use benzophenone, N,N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), etc. ,N'-Tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-porolinylphenyl)-butanone- Aromatic ketones such as 1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-endolinyl-acetone-1, alkylanthraquinones, etc. are condensed with aromatic rings. Quinones, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkylbenzoin, benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, etc. In addition, a compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.

[化學式33]

Figure 02_image071
[Chemical formula 33]
Figure 02_image071

在式(I)中,RI00 係碳數1~20的烷基、藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基或碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被藉由因1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及碳數1~4的烷基中的至少1個取代之苯基或聯苯基,RI01 係由式(II)表示之基團,或者係與RI00 相同的基團,RI02 ~RI04 各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素原子。In formula (I), R I00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbons interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbons, benzene Group or C1-C20 alkyl group, C1-C12 alkoxy group, halogen atom, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, C2-C12 alkenyl group, which is substituted by one or more oxygen atoms And at least one substituted phenyl or biphenyl group in the interrupted C2-C18 alkyl group and C1-C4 alkyl group, R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), or is The same groups as R I00 , R I02 to R I04 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbons, or a halogen atom.

[化學式34]

Figure 02_image073
[Chemical formula 34]
Figure 02_image073

式中,RI05 ~RI07 與上述式(I)的RI02 ~RI04 相同。In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).

又,光自由基聚合起始劑還能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中記載之化合物。In addition, the photoradical polymerization initiator can also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469.

光自由基聚合起始劑的含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,更進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光自由基聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。含有兩種以上的光自由基聚合起始劑時,其合計為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. The radical photopolymerization initiator may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more types of radical photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

-熱自由基聚合起始劑- 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以進一步包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。 熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱的能量而產生自由基並開始或促進具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,加熱時進一步進行自由基聚合反應,因此有時更能夠提高交聯密度。-Thermal radical polymerization initiator- The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may further contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator. The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by thermal energy and initiates or promotes the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal radical polymerization initiator, the radical polymerization reaction proceeds further during heating, and therefore the crosslinking density can sometimes be improved.

作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中記載之化合物。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP 2008-063554 A.

包含熱自由基聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為5~15質量%。熱自由基聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。含有兩種以上的熱自由基聚合起始劑時,其合計為上述範圍為較佳。When a thermal radical polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1-30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, and still more preferably It is 5 to 15% by mass. The thermal radical polymerization initiator may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more types of thermal radical polymerization initiators are contained, the total of them is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

-光酸產生劑- 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含光酸產生劑為較佳。 藉由含有光酸產生劑,例如,在熱硬化性感光層的曝光部產生酸而對上述曝光部的顯影液(例如,鹼水溶液)的溶解性增加,並能夠獲得曝光部被顯影液去除之正浮雕圖案。 又,藉由熱硬化性感光性組成物含有光酸產生劑和後述熱交聯劑,例如,亦能夠設為如下態樣:藉由產生於曝光部之酸促進熱交聯劑的交聯反應,曝光部比非曝光部更不易被顯影液去除。根據該種態樣,能夠獲得負浮雕圖案。-Photoacid generator- The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator. By containing a photoacid generator, for example, acid is generated in the exposed part of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, so that the solubility of the developer (for example, an aqueous alkali solution) of the exposed part is increased, and the exposed part can be removed by the developer. Positive relief pattern. In addition, when the thermosetting photosensitive composition contains a photoacid generator and a thermal crosslinking agent described later, for example, it can also be set as a form in which the crosslinking reaction of the thermal crosslinking agent is promoted by the acid generated in the exposed portion , The exposed part is less likely to be removed by the developer than the non-exposed part. According to this aspect, a negative relief pattern can be obtained.

作為光酸產生劑,可舉出醌二疊氮化合物、鋶鹽、鏻鹽、重氮鹽、錪鎓鹽等。Examples of the photoacid generator include quinonediazide compounds, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts, ionium salts, and the like.

作為醌二疊氮化合物,可舉出醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯與聚羥基化合物鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸與聚胺基化合物進行磺醯胺鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯鍵及磺醯胺鍵中的至少一個與聚羥基聚胺基化合物鍵結者等。在本發明中,例如,該等聚羥基化合物和聚胺基化合物的官能基整體的50莫耳%以上被醌二疊氮取代為較佳。As the quinonediazide compound, quinonediazide sulfonic acid is bonded to a polyhydroxy compound through an ester, quinonediazide sulfonic acid is bonded to a polyamine compound, and quinonediazide is bonded to a polyamine compound. The sulfonic acid of the azide is bonded to the polyhydroxypolyamine compound through at least one of an ester bond and a sulfonamide bond, and the like. In the present invention, for example, it is preferable that 50 mol% or more of the entire functional groups of the polyhydroxy compounds and polyamine compounds are substituted by quinonediazide.

在本發明中,作為醌二疊氮,可較佳地使用5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基中的任一種。4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物在水銀燈的i射線區域具有吸收,因此適於i射線曝光。5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物的吸收延伸至水銀燈的g射線區域,因此適於g射線曝光。在本發明中,根據進行曝光之波長,選擇4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物為較佳。又,可以在同一分子中含有具有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物,亦可以含有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物和5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物。In the present invention, as the quinonediazide, any of 5-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl and 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl can be preferably used. The 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound has absorption in the i-ray region of the mercury lamp, so it is suitable for i-ray exposure. The absorption of the 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound extends to the g-ray region of the mercury lamp, so it is suitable for g-ray exposure. In the present invention, it is preferable to select a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound according to the wavelength of exposure. In addition, the naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound having 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group and 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group may be contained in the same molecule, or 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound may be contained in the same molecule. Azosulfonate compound and 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound.

上述萘醌二疊氮化合物能夠藉由具有酚性羥基之化合物與醌二疊氮磺酸化合物的酯化反應來合成,並能夠藉由公知的方法合成。藉由使用該等萘醌二疊氮化合物,解析度、靈敏度、殘膜率進一步得到提高。The naphthoquinonediazide compound can be synthesized by an esterification reaction of a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinonediazide sulfonic acid compound, and can be synthesized by a known method. By using these naphthoquinone diazide compounds, the resolution, sensitivity, and residual film rate are further improved.

包含光酸產生劑時,其含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為5~15質量%。光酸產生劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。含有兩種以上光酸產生劑時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。When the photoacid generator is contained, its content is preferably 0.1-30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, and still more preferably 5-5%. 15% by mass. The photoacid generator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds of photoacid generators are contained, it is preferable that the total thereof is in the above range.

-熱酸產生劑- 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以包含熱酸產生劑。 作為熱酸產生劑,只要為藉由熱產生酸之化合物,則並無特別限定,例如,可舉出鋶鹽、銨鹽、鏻鹽等鎓鹽或羧酸酯化合物、磺酸酯化合物、磷酸酯化合物等酯化合物等。-Hot acid generator- The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that generates acid by heat. Examples include onium salts such as sulfonate, ammonium salt, and phosphonium salt, or carboxylate compounds, sulfonate compounds, and phosphoric acid. Ester compounds such as ester compounds.

作為藉由加熱從熱酸產生劑產生之酸,可舉出磺酸、磷酸、羧酸等作為例子,磺酸為較佳,芳香族磺酸為更佳。 從熱酸產生劑產生之酸的pKa為-15~3為較佳,-10~0為更佳。As the acid generated from the thermal acid generator by heating, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, carboxylic acid, etc. can be cited as examples, sulfonic acid is preferred, and aromatic sulfonic acid is more preferred. The pKa of the acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably -15 to 3, more preferably -10 to 0.

熱酸產生劑的酸產生溫度為40~300℃為較佳,80~260℃為更佳,120~220℃為進一步較佳,120℃~200℃為特佳,140℃~180℃為最佳。 將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中,以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃時,求出溫度最低的發熱峰的峰溫度作為酸產生溫度。 作為測定酸產生溫度時使用的機器,可舉出Q2000(TA Instruments製)等。 又,熱酸產生劑的酸發生溫度比熱硬化性感光性組成物中包含之溶劑的沸點更低為較佳。The acid generation temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 40-300°C, more preferably 80-260°C, further preferably 120-220°C, particularly preferably 120-200°C, and most preferably 140-180°C good. When the thermal acid generator is heated to 500°C at 5°C/min in a pressure-resistant capsule, the peak temperature of the heat generation peak with the lowest temperature is determined as the acid generation temperature. Examples of equipment used when measuring the acid generation temperature include Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments). In addition, the acid generation temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the thermosetting photosensitive composition.

作為較佳之熱酸產生劑的市售品,可舉出SANSHIN CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.的SI系列、San-Apro Ltd.製CPI系列及KING Co.,Ltd.製K-PURE TAG系列等。 又,亦能夠使用日本特開2003-277353號、日本特開平2-001470號、日本特開平2-255646號、日本特開平3-011044號、日本特開2003-183313號、日本特開2003-277352號、日本特開昭58-037003號、日本特開昭58-198532號等各公報等中記載之公知的熱酸產生劑。As a commercially available product of a preferable thermal acid generator, the SI series of SANSHIN CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO., LTD., the CPI series manufactured by San-Apro Ltd., and the K-PURE TAG series manufactured by KING Co., Ltd. can be cited. In addition, JP 2003-277353, JP Hei 2-001470, JP Hei 2-255646, JP Hei 3-011044, JP 2003-183313, and JP 2003- Known thermal acid generators described in various publications such as 277352, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 58-037003, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 58-198532, etc.

熱酸產生劑的含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。 熱酸產生劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。含有兩種以上熱酸產生劑時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.1-30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5-15% by mass , 1.0-10% by mass is particularly preferred. The thermal acid generator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more thermal acid generators are contained, the total of them is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<界面活性劑> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含界面活性劑。 作為界面活性劑,能夠使用矽酮系界面活性劑、烴系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑等非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、兩性界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑,從硬化膜的絕緣性的觀點考慮,非離子系界面活性劑為較佳。<Surface active agent> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention contains a surfactant. As the surfactant, nonionic surfactants such as silicone surfactants, hydrocarbon surfactants, and fluorine surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, etc. can be used Among various surfactants, from the viewpoint of the insulation of the cured film, nonionic surfactants are preferred.

在本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中,界面活性劑的含量相對於組成物的總質量超過0.1質量%為較佳。 在上述態樣中,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物能夠包含選自包括後述烴系界面活性劑、後述之具有氟原子之界面活性劑及後述之具有矽原子之界面活性劑之群組中之至少一種界面活性劑。 含有兩種以上界面活性劑時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。 上述含量的下限為0.101質量%以上為更佳,0.105質量%以上為較佳。 上述含量的上限為5質量%以下為較佳,1質量%以下為更佳。 藉由設為包含大量該種界面活性劑之態樣,例如,認為即使在不均勻的基材上的熱硬化性感光層薄的部分,熱硬化性感光層的表面被大量的界面活性劑覆蓋。因此,認為在熱硬化性感光層厚的部分和薄的部分中,存在於熱硬化性感光層的表面之界面活性劑量之差變小,上述硬化膜A與硬化膜B各自的表面自由能之差變小。其結果,即使在適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦容易抑制在其他層上產生缺陷。In the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, it is preferable that the content of the surfactant exceeds 0.1% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition. In the above aspect, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention can include a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon-based surfactant described later, a surfactant having a fluorine atom described later, and a surfactant having a silicon atom described later At least one of the surfactants. When two or more kinds of surfactants are contained, the total of them is preferably within the above-mentioned range. The lower limit of the above content is more preferably 0.101% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.105% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 1% by mass or less. By setting it to include a large amount of this surfactant, for example, it is considered that even in the thin portion of the thermosetting photosensitive layer on an uneven substrate, the surface of the thermosetting photosensitive layer is covered by a large amount of surfactant . Therefore, it is considered that the difference between the amount of interfacial active agent existing on the surface of the thermosetting photosensitive layer in the thick part and the thin part of the thermosetting photosensitive layer becomes smaller, and the difference between the surface free energy of the above-mentioned cured film A and the cured film B becomes smaller. The difference becomes smaller. As a result, even when a cured film is formed on an uneven substrate and another layer is further formed on the obtained cured film, it is easy to suppress the occurrence of defects in the other layer.

又,在本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中,界面活性劑的含量相對於組成物的總質量,低於0.005質量%為較佳。 在上述態樣中,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物能夠包含選自包括後述烴系界面活性劑、後述之具有氟原子之界面活性劑及後述之具有矽原子之界面活性劑之群組中之至少一種界面活性劑。 含有兩種以上界面活性劑時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。 上述含量的下限為0.0001質量%以上為更佳,0.0005質量%以上為較佳。 上述含量的上限為0.0045質量%以下為較佳,0.0042質量%以下為更佳。 藉由設為該種界面活性劑的含量少之態樣,例如,認為不管在不均勻的基材上的熱硬化性感光層薄的部分,亦或在厚的部分中,向熱硬化性感光層的表面移動之界面活性劑的量變小。因此,認為在熱硬化性感光層厚的部分和薄的部分中,存在於熱硬化性感光層的表面之界面活性劑量之差變小,上述硬化膜A與硬化膜B各自的表面自由能之差變小。其結果,即使在適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦容易抑制在其他層上產生缺陷。In addition, in the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, the content of the surfactant relative to the total mass of the composition is preferably less than 0.005% by mass. In the above aspect, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention can include a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon-based surfactant described later, a surfactant having a fluorine atom described later, and a surfactant having a silicon atom described later At least one of the surfactants. When two or more kinds of surfactants are contained, the total of them is preferably within the above-mentioned range. The lower limit of the content is more preferably 0.0001% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.0005% by mass or more. The upper limit of the above content is preferably 0.0045% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.0042% by mass or less. By setting the content of the surfactant to be low, for example, it is considered that regardless of the thin part of the thermosetting photosensitive layer on the uneven substrate, or the thick part, the heat-hardening photosensitive layer is The amount of surfactant that moves on the surface of the layer becomes smaller. Therefore, it is considered that the difference between the amount of interfacial active agent existing on the surface of the thermosetting photosensitive layer in the thick part and the thin part of the thermosetting photosensitive layer becomes smaller, and the difference between the surface free energy of the above-mentioned cured film A and the cured film B becomes smaller. The difference becomes smaller. As a result, even when a cured film is formed on an uneven substrate and another layer is further formed on the obtained cured film, it is easy to suppress the occurrence of defects in the other layer.

本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含不具有氟原子及矽原子之界面活性劑為較佳。作為不具有氟原子及矽原子之界面活性劑,可舉出後述烴系界面活性劑等。 認為具有氟原子或矽原子之界面活性劑向熱硬化性感光層的表面移動時,硬化膜的表面自由能容易降低。因此,認為藉由包含不具有氟原子及矽原子之界面活性劑作為界面活性劑,即使在熱硬化性感光層厚的部分和薄的部分中產生存在於熱硬化性感光層的表面之界面活性劑量之差,上述硬化膜A和硬化膜B各自的表面自由能之差變小。其結果,即使在適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦容易抑制在其他層上產生缺陷。The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant that does not have fluorine atoms and silicon atoms. As a surfactant which does not have a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, the hydrocarbon-based surfactant mentioned later, etc. are mentioned. It is considered that when a surfactant having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom moves to the surface of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, the surface free energy of the cured film is likely to decrease. Therefore, it is considered that by including a surfactant that does not have fluorine atoms and silicon atoms as a surfactant, even in the thick and thin portions of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, the interfacial activity existing on the surface of the thermosetting photosensitive layer is generated. The difference in the dose reduces the difference between the surface free energy of the cured film A and the cured film B. As a result, even when a cured film is formed on an uneven substrate and another layer is further formed on the obtained cured film, it is easy to suppress the occurrence of defects in the other layer.

在本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中,組成物中的烴系界面活性劑的含量相對於上述界面活性劑的總含量為50質量%以上為較佳。 在上述態樣中,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以進一步包含選自包括後述之具有氟原子之界面活性劑及後述之具有矽原子之界面活性劑之群組中之至少一種界面活性劑。 上述含量為60質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。上限並無特別限定,可以為100質量%。 含有兩種以上烴系界面活性劑時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。 以下對烴系界面活性劑進行詳細說明。 認為烴系界面活性劑即使向熱硬化性感光層的表面移動,亦不易使硬化膜的表面自由能降低。因此,認為藉由組成物中的烴系界面活性劑的含量相對於上述界面活性劑的總含量為50質量%以上,即使在熱硬化性感光層厚的部分和薄的部分,存在於熱硬化性感光層的表面之界面活性劑量有差異,上述硬化膜A與硬化膜B各自的表面自由能之差亦會變小。其結果,即使在適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦容易抑制在其他層上產生缺陷。In the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, the content of the hydrocarbon-based surfactant in the composition is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total content of the surfactant. In the above aspect, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may further include at least one interface activity selected from the group consisting of a surfactant having a fluorine atom described later and a surfactant having a silicon atom described later Agent. The above content is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass. When two or more kinds of hydrocarbon-based surfactants are contained, the total of them is preferably within the above-mentioned range. The hydrocarbon-based surfactant will be described in detail below. It is considered that even if the hydrocarbon-based surfactant moves to the surface of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, it is difficult to reduce the surface free energy of the cured film. Therefore, it is considered that when the content of the hydrocarbon-based surfactant in the composition is 50% by mass or more with respect to the total content of the above-mentioned surfactants, even in the thick and thin portions of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, it is present in the thermosetting The surface active dose of the photosensitive layer is different, and the difference between the surface free energy of the cured film A and the cured film B will also be reduced. As a result, even when a cured film is formed on an uneven substrate and another layer is further formed on the obtained cured film, it is easy to suppress the occurrence of defects in the other layer.

〔烴系界面活性劑〕 作為烴系界面活性劑,只要為疏水部為烴基之界面活性劑即可,可舉出後述之乙炔系界面活性劑、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯鯨蠟基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚等聚氧乙烯烷基醚類或該等磷酸酯等酯類、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚等聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚類、聚氧乙烯硬脂酸酯等聚氧乙烯烷基酯類、山梨糖醇酐單月桂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐單硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐單油酸酯、山梨糖醇酐倍半油酸酯、山梨糖醇酐三油酸酯等山梨糖醇酐烷基酯類、甘油單硬脂酸酯、甘油單油酸酯等單甘油酯烷基酯類、多核酚乙氧基化物類等非離子系界面活性劑; 十二烷基苯磺酸鈉等烷基苯磺酸鹽類、丁基萘磺酸鈉、戊基萘磺酸鈉、己基萘磺酸鈉、辛基萘磺酸鈉等烷基萘磺酸鹽類、月桂基硫酸鈉等烷基硫酸鹽類、十二烷基磺酸鈉等烷基磺酸鹽類、二月桂基磺基琥珀酸鈉等磺基琥珀酸酯鹽類等陰離子系界面活性劑; 四級銨鹽型烷基陽離子類等陽離子系界面活性劑; 月桂基甜菜鹼、硬脂基甜菜鹼等烷基甜菜鹼類等兩性界面活性劑等,但並不限定於此。〔Hydrocarbon Surfactant〕 As the hydrocarbon-based surfactant, it is sufficient that the hydrophobic part is a hydrocarbon-based surfactant, and examples thereof include acetylene-based surfactants, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, and polyoxyethylene hard Polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as aliphatic ether, or esters such as phosphoric acid esters, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers such as polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene Polyoxyethylene alkyl esters such as ethylene stearate, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan distearate, sorbitan monooleic acid Esters, sorbitan sesquioleate, sorbitan trioleate and other sorbitan alkyl esters, glycerol monostearate, glycerol monooleate and other monoglyceride alkyl esters , Non-ionic surfactants such as polynuclear phenol ethoxylates; Alkylbenzene sulfonates such as sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate, sodium butyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium amyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium hexyl naphthalene sulfonate, sodium octyl naphthalene sulfonate and other alkyl naphthalene sulfonates Anionic surfactants such as alkyl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate, alkyl sulfonates such as sodium lauryl sulfonate, and sulfosuccinate salts such as sodium dilauryl sulfosuccinate ; Cationic surfactants such as quaternary ammonium salt type alkyl cations; Amphoteric surfactants such as alkyl betaines such as lauryl betaine and stearyl betaine, but are not limited to these.

-乙炔系界面活性劑- 乙炔系界面活性劑中分子內的乙炔基數並無特別限制,1~10個為較佳,1~5個為更佳,1~3個為進一步較佳,1~2個為更進一步較佳。-Acetylene-based surfactants- The number of ethynyl groups in the molecule in the acetylene-based surfactant is not particularly limited. 1-10 is preferred, 1-5 is more preferred, 1-3 is more preferred, and 1-2 is even more preferred .

乙炔系界面活性劑的分子量相對小為較佳,2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,1,000以下為進一步較佳。沒有特別的下限值,200以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the acetylene-based surfactant is preferably relatively small, preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less. There is no particular lower limit, but 200 or more is preferable.

<<由式(9)表示之化合物>> 乙炔系界面活性劑係由下述式(9)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式35]

Figure 02_image075
式中,R91 及R92 分別獨立地為碳數3~15的烷基、碳數6~15的芳香族烴基或碳數4~15的芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基的碳數為1~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。 芳香族雜環為5員環或6員環為較佳。芳香族雜環所包含之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。 R91 及R92 可以分別獨立地具有取代基,作為取代基,可舉出下述取代基T。<<The compound represented by the formula (9)>> The acetylene-based surfactant is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (9). [Chemical formula 35]
Figure 02_image075
In the formula, R 91 and R 92 are each independently an alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbons, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 15 carbons, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 15 carbons. The carbon number of the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 2-6, and still more preferably 2-4. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The hetero atom contained in the aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 91 and R 92 may each independently have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the following substituent T.

作為取代基T,可舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,1~6為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~21為較佳,7~15為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、炔基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、羥基、胺基(碳數0~24為較佳,0~12為更佳,0~6為進一步較佳)、硫醇基、羧基、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、醯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、醯氧基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳醯基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳)、芳醯氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳)、胺甲醯基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、胺磺醯基(碳數0~12為較佳,0~6為更佳,0~3為進一步較佳)、磺基、烷基磺醯基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、芳基磺醯基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、雜環基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,包含5員環或6員環為較佳)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、氧代基(=O)、亞胺基(=NRN )、亞烷基(=C(RN2 )等。RN 係氫原子或烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳),氫原子、甲基、乙基或丙基為較佳。各取代基中包含之烷基部位、烯基部位及炔基部位可以為鏈狀或環狀,可以為直鏈或支鏈。上述取代基T為可以具有取代基之基團時,可以進一步具有取代基T。例如,烷基可以成為鹵化烷基,亦可以成為(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基、胺基烷基或羧基烷基。取代基係可以形成羧基或胺基等鹽之基團時,該基團可以形成鹽。As the substituent T, an alkyl group (the carbon number is preferably 1 to 24, 1 to 12 is more preferable, and 1 to 6 is more preferable), and an arylalkyl group (the carbon number is preferably 7 to 21, 7-15 is more preferred, 7-11 is further preferred), alkenyl (carbon number 2-24 is preferred, 2-12 is more preferred, 2-6 is further preferred), alkynyl (carbon number is 2 ~12 is preferred, 2~6 is more preferred, 2~3 is more preferred), hydroxyl group, amino group (carbon number 0~24 is preferred, 0~12 is more preferred, 0~6 is more preferred) ), thiol group, carboxyl group, aryl group (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-10 is more preferred), alkoxy group (carbon number 1-12 is preferred, 1 ~6 is more preferable, 1-3 is more preferable), aryloxy group (carbon number 6-22 is preferable, 6-18 is more preferable, 6-10 is more preferable), acyl group (carbon number is 2 ~12 is preferred, 2~6 is more preferred, 2~3 is more preferred), acyloxy group (carbon number 2~12 is preferred, 2~6 is more preferred, 2~3 is further preferred) , Aryl group (the carbon number is preferably 7-23, 7-19 is more preferable, and 7-11 is more preferable), aryloxy group (the carbon number is 7-23 is preferable, and 7-19 is more preferable , 7-11 is more preferred), carbamethanyl (carbon number 1-12 is preferred, 1-6 is more preferred, 1-3 is further preferred), sulfamoyl (carbon number 0-12 Is preferred, 0-6 is more preferred, 0-3 is further preferred), sulfo group, alkylsulfonyl (carbon number 1-12 is preferred, 1-6 is more preferred, 1-3 is further Preferred), arylsulfonyl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-10 is more preferred), heterocyclic group (carbon number 1-12 is preferred, 1~ 8 is more preferred, 2 to 5 are further preferred, and a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferred), (meth)acryloyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom) , Chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), oxo group (=O), imino group (=NR N ), alkylene group (=C(R N ) 2 ), etc. R N is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (the carbon number is preferably from 1 to 12, more preferably from 1 to 6, and even more preferably from 1 to 3), preferably a hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl or propyl. The alkyl part, alkenyl part, and alkynyl part contained in each substituent may be chain or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. When the above-mentioned substituent T is a group which may have a substituent, it may further have a substituent T. For example, the alkyl group may be a halogenated alkyl group, or may be a (meth)acryloyloxyalkyl group, an aminoalkyl group, or a carboxyalkyl group. When the substituent can form a salt group such as a carboxyl group or an amino group, the group can form a salt.

<<由式(91)表示之化合物>> 作為由式(9)表示之化合物,由下述式(91)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式36]

Figure 02_image077
<<The compound represented by the formula (91)>> As the compound represented by the formula (9), a compound represented by the following formula (91) is preferable. [Chemical formula 36]
Figure 02_image077

R93 ~R96 分別獨立地為碳數1~24的烴基,n9為1~6的整數,m9為n9的2倍的整數,n10為1~6的整數,m10為n10的2倍的整數,l9及l10分別獨立地為0以上且12以下的數。 R93 ~R96 係烴基,其中烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、炔基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳)為較佳。烷基、烯基、炔基可以為直鏈狀或環狀,可以為直鏈或支鏈。R93 ~R96 可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基T。又,R93 ~R96 可以相互鍵結或經由上述連結基L而形成環。取代基T存在複數個時,可以相互鍵結或者經由(或不經由)下述連結基L,與式中的烴基鍵結而形成環。 R93 及R94 係烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)為較佳。其中,甲基為較佳。 R95 及R96 係烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,3~6為進一步較佳)為較佳。其中,-(Cn11 R98 m11 )-R97 為較佳。尤其,R95 、R96 係異丁基為較佳。 n11為1~6的整數,1~3的整數為較佳。m11為n11的2倍的數。 R97 及R98 分別獨立地為氫原子或烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)為較佳。 n9為1~6的整數,1~3的整數為較佳。m9為n9的2倍的整數。 n10為1~6的整數,1~3的整數為較佳。m10為n10的2倍的整數。 l9及l10分別獨立地為0~12的數。其中,l9+l10為0~12的數為較佳,0~8的數為更佳,0~6的數為進一步較佳,大於0且小於6的數為進一步較佳,大於0且3以下的數為更進一步較佳。此外,關於l9、l10,式(91)的化合物有時會成為其數不同的化合物的混合物,此時,l9及l10的數或l9+l10可以為包括小數點以下之數。R 93 to R 96 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, m9 is an integer of 2 times n9, n10 is an integer of 1 to 6, m10 is an integer of 2 times of n10 , L9 and l10 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less. R 93 to R 96 are hydrocarbyl groups, in which alkyl groups (the carbon number is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and 1 to 3 are more preferable), alkenyl (the carbon number is preferably 2 to 12, and 2 ~6 is more preferable, 2~3 are more preferable), alkynyl group (carbon number 2~12 is more preferable, 2-6 is more preferable, 2~3 is more preferable), aryl group (carbon number is 6~ 22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-10 is further preferred), arylalkyl (carbon number 7-23 is preferred, 7-19 is more preferred, 7-11 is further preferred) For better. The alkyl group, alkenyl group, and alkynyl group may be linear or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. R 93 to R 96 may have a substituent T within the range in which the effects of the present invention are exhibited. In addition, R 93 to R 96 may be bonded to each other or form a ring via the linking group L described above. When there are plural substituents T, they may be bonded to each other or may be bonded to the hydrocarbon group in the formula via (or not via) the following linking group L to form a ring. R 93 and R 94 are preferably alkyl groups (1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferred, 1 to 6 are more preferred, and 1 to 3 are more preferred). Among them, methyl is preferred. R 95 and R 96 are alkyl groups (1-12 carbon atoms are preferred, 2-6 are more preferred, and 3-6 are more preferred) are preferred. Among them, -(C n11 R 98 m11 )-R 97 is preferred. In particular, R 95 and R 96 are preferably isobutyl groups. n11 is an integer of 1 to 6, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferred. m11 is twice the number of n11. R 97 and R 98 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (the carbon number is preferably from 1 to 12, preferably from 1 to 6 and more preferably from 1 to 3). n9 is an integer of 1 to 6, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferred. m9 is an integer that is twice n9. n10 is an integer of 1 to 6, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferred. m10 is an integer that is twice n10. l9 and l10 are each independently a number from 0 to 12. Among them, l9+l10 is preferably a number from 0 to 12, a number from 0 to 8 is more preferred, a number from 0 to 6 is even more preferred, a number greater than 0 and less than 6 is even more preferred, greater than 0 and 3 The following numbers are more preferable. In addition, with regard to l9 and l10, the compound of formula (91) may be a mixture of compounds having different numbers. In this case, the numbers of l9 and l10 or l9+l10 may be numbers including the decimal point or less.

<<由式(92)表示之化合物>> 由式(91)表示之化合物係由下述式(92)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式37]

Figure 02_image079
R93 、R94 、R97 ~R100 分別獨立地為碳數1~24的烴基,l11及l12分別獨立地為0以上且12以下的數。 其中,R93 、R94 、R97 ~R100 係烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、炔基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳)為較佳。烷基、烯基、炔基可以為鏈狀或環狀,可以為直鏈或支鏈。R93 、R94 、R97 ~R100 可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基T。又,R93 、R94 、R97 ~R100 可以相互鍵結或經由連結基L而形成環。取代基T存在複數個時,可以相互鍵結或者經由(或不經由)連結基L,與式中的烴基鍵結而形成環。 R93 、R94 、R97 ~R100 分別獨立地為烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)為較佳。其中,甲基為較佳。 l11+l12為0~12的數為較佳,0~8的數為更佳,0~6的數為進一步較佳,大於0且小於6的數為進一步較佳,大於0且5以下的數為更進一步較佳,大於0且4以下的數為再進一步較佳,可以為大於0且3以下的數,亦可以為大於0且1以下的數。此外,關於l11、l12,式(92)的化合物有時會成為其數不同的化合物的混合物,此時,l11及l12的數或l11+l12可以為包括小數點以下之數。<<The compound represented by the formula (92)>> The compound represented by the formula (91) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (92). [Chemical formula 37]
Figure 02_image079
R 93 , R 94 , and R 97 to R 100 are each independently a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and 11 and 11 are each independently a number of 0 or more and 12 or less. Among them, R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are alkyl groups (the carbon number is preferably 1 to 12, 1 to 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 is more preferable), alkenyl (carbon number 2 to 12 Is preferred, 2-6 is more preferred, 2~3 is more preferred), alkynyl (the carbon number is 2~12 is preferred, 2~6 is more preferred, 2~3 is further preferred), aryl (C6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-10 is more preferred), arylalkyl (C7-23 is preferred, 7-19 is more preferred, 7-11 is more preferred) To be further preferred) is preferred. The alkyl group, alkenyl group, and alkynyl group may be chain or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. R 93 , R 94 , and R 97 to R 100 may have a substituent T within the range in which the effects of the present invention are exhibited. In addition, R 93 , R 94 , and R 97 to R 100 may be bonded to each other or via the linking group L to form a ring. When there are plural substituents T, they may be bonded to each other or may be bonded to the hydrocarbon group in the formula via (or not via) the linking group L to form a ring. R 93 , R 94 , R 97 to R 100 are each independently an alkyl group (the carbon number is preferably from 1 to 12, from 1 to 6 is more preferably, and from 1 to 3 is more preferably) is preferably. Among them, methyl is preferred. l11+l12 is preferably a number from 0 to 12, a number from 0 to 8 is more preferred, a number from 0 to 6 is more preferred, a number greater than 0 and less than 6 is even more preferred, and a number greater than 0 and less than 5 The number is more preferable, and a number greater than 0 and less than 4 is even more preferable, and it may be a number greater than 0 and 3 or less, or a number greater than 0 and 1 or less. In addition, with regard to 11 and 11, the compound of formula (92) may be a mixture of compounds having different numbers. In this case, the numbers of 11 and 11 or 11+l12 may be numbers including the decimal point or less.

作為乙炔系界面活性劑,可舉出Surfynol 104系列(商品名,Nissin Chemical Industry CO.,Ltd.)、Acetyrenol E00、Acetyrenol E40、Acetyrenol E13T、Acetyrenol 60(均為商品名,Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co.,Ltd.製),其中Surfynol 104系列、Acetyrenol E00、Acetyrenol E40、Acetyrenol E13T為較佳,Acetyrenol E40、Acetyrenol E13T為更佳。此外,Surfynol 104系列與Acetyrenol E00為相同結構的界面活性劑。Examples of acetylene-based surfactants include Surfynol 104 series (trade name, Nissin Chemical Industry CO., Ltd.), Acetyrenol E00, Acetyrenol E40, Acetyrenol E13T, and Acetyrenol 60 (all are trade names, Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.), of which Surfynol 104 series, Acetyrenol E00, Acetyrenol E40, Acetyrenol E13T are preferred, and Acetyrenol E40 and Acetyrenol E13T are more preferred. In addition, Surfynol 104 series and Acetyrenol E00 are surfactants with the same structure.

此外,作為烴系界面活性劑,可以使用市售品,作為市售品,可舉出ADEKA TOL LB、LA、OA、TN、TO、UA、LO、SO、SP、PC、ADEKA NOL NK、AP、ADEKA ESTOL OEG、TL、S、T、ADEKA SOL CO、COA、ADEKA HOPE MS、YES、TR、ADEKA COL TS、CS、PS、EC、ADEKA MINE 4MAC、4DAC、MT、ADEKA AMPHOTE PB、AB等系列(均為ADEKA CORPORATION製)等,但並不限定於此。In addition, as the hydrocarbon-based surfactant, commercially available products can be used. Examples of the commercially available products include ADEKA TOL LB, LA, OA, TN, TO, UA, LO, SO, SP, PC, ADEKA NOL NK, AP , ADEKA ESTOL OEG, TL, S, T, ADEKA SOL CO, COA, ADEKA HOPE MS, YES, TR, ADEKA COL TS, CS, PS, EC, ADEKA MINE 4MAC, 4DAC, MT, ADEKA AMPHOTE PB, AB and other series (All manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) etc., but not limited to this.

〔具有氟原子之界面活性劑〕 作為具有氟原子之界面活性劑,例如,可舉出具有氟碳鏈之界面活性劑等。 具體而言,KITAMURA CHEMICALS CO.,LTD.的PF系列、DIC Coporation的“MEGAFACE(註冊商標)”系列、Sumitomo 3M Limited的FLUORAD系列、AGC Inc.的“Surflon(註冊商標)”系列、“AsahiGuard(註冊商標)”系列、Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals Co.,Ltd.的EF系列、Omnova Solutions Inc.的Poly-Fox系列等,但並不限定於此。〔Surface active agent with fluorine atom〕 As the surfactant having a fluorine atom, for example, a surfactant having a fluorocarbon chain and the like can be cited. Specifically, KITAMURA CHEMICALS CO., LTD.'s PF series, DIC Corporation's "MEGAFACE (registered trademark)" series, Sumitomo 3M Limited's FLUORAD series, AGC Inc.'s "Surflon (registered trademark)" series, "AsahiGuard ( Registered trademark)" series, Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals Co., Ltd.'s EF series, Omnova Solutions Inc.'s Poly-Fox series, etc., but not limited to this.

〔具有矽原子之界面活性劑〕 作為具有矽原子之界面活性劑(亦稱為“矽酮系界面活性劑”。),例如,可舉出具有可以被改質之聚矽氧烷鏈之界面活性劑等。 具體而言,作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可舉出DuPont Toray Specialty Materials Kabushiki Kaisha的SH系列、SD系列、ST系列、BYK-Chemie GmbH的“BYK”系列、Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.的KP系列、KF系列、NOF CORPORATION的DISFOAM系列、Toshiba Silicones Co., Ltd.的TSF系列等,但並不限定於此。〔Surface active agent with silicon atom〕 As surfactants having silicon atoms (also referred to as "silicone-based surfactants"), for example, surfactants having polysiloxane chains that can be modified, etc. can be cited. Specifically, examples of silicone-based surfactants include DuPont Toray Specialty Materials Kabushiki Kaisha's SH series, SD series, ST series, BYK-Chemie GmbH's "BYK" series, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. KP series, KF series, NOF CORPORATION’s DISFOAM series, Toshiba Silicones Co., Ltd.’s TSF series, etc., but not limited to this.

〔其他界面活性劑〕 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以包含其他界面活性劑作為界面活性劑。作為其他界面活性劑,可舉出KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd的POLYFLOW系列、Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd.的“DISPARLON(註冊商標)”系列等丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸樹脂系界面活性劑等,但並不限定於此。〔Other surfactants〕 The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may contain other surfactants as surfactants. Examples of other surfactants include acrylic/methacrylic resin-based surfactants such as the POLYFLOW series of KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., and the "DISPARLON (registered trademark)" series of Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd., but are not limited Here.

<溶劑> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含溶劑。 溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、環狀烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、醇類等化合物。<Solvent> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention contains a solvent. As the solvent, any known solvent can be used. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfenes, amines, and alcohols.

作為酯類,例如作為較佳者,可舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等。As esters, for example, preferred ones include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, and isopropyl butyrate. , Ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetate (for example, alkoxy Methyl acetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethoxy Ethyl acetate, etc.)), 3-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example, 3-alkoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 3-alkoxypropionic acid ethyl ester, etc. (for example, 3-methoxy Methyl propionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionate ( For example, methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-methoxypropionate Ethyl propionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate Ester and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.) , Methyl Pyruvate, Ethyl Pyruvate, Propyl Pyruvate, Methyl Acetate, Ethyl Acetate, Methyl 2-oxobutyrate, Ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, Ethyl Caproate , Ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc.

作為醚類,例如,可舉出二乙二醇二甲基醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、甲基纖溶劑乙酸酯、乙基纖溶劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁基醚、乙二醇單丁基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、丙二醇單丙基醚乙酸酯等作為較佳者。Examples of ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, and ethyl cellosolve acetic acid. Ester, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl Ester, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. are preferable.

作為酮類,例如,可舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡聚糖酮、二氫左旋葡聚糖酮等作為較佳者。The ketones include, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucanone, and dihydrolevorotone. Glucanone and the like are preferable.

作為環狀烴類,例如,可舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類作為較佳者。Examples of cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.

作為亞碸類,例如,可舉出二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfenite, for example, dimethyl sulfenite is preferable.

作為醯胺類,可舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺等作為較佳者。Examples of amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, and N,N-dimethylformamide. Amine, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, etc. The best.

作為醇類,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、聚乙二醇單甲基醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁基醚、乙二醇單苄醚、乙二醇單苯醚、甲基苯甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methyl Oxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Base ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methyl benzyl alcohol, n-pentanol , Methyl pentanol and diacetone alcohol, etc.

關於溶劑,從塗佈面性狀的改良等觀點考慮,混合兩種以上之形態亦較佳。Regarding the solvent, from the viewpoint of improvement of the properties of the coating surface, etc., a form in which two or more types are mixed is also preferable.

在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲基醚及丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯中之一種溶劑或由兩種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯為特佳。In the present invention, it is selected from methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, acetic acid Butyl ester, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfene, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl card One solvent or a mixed solvent composed of two or more of the alcohol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferable. It is particularly preferable to use dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone at the same time.

關於溶劑的含量,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,設為本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為成為20~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為成為40~70質量%更進一步較佳。溶劑含量根據塗膜的所需厚度和塗佈方法調整即可。Regarding the content of the solvent, from the viewpoint of coatability, the total solid content concentration of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, and it is preferably 5 to 75% by mass. The amount is more preferable, and it is more preferable to set it as 10-70 mass %, it is more preferable to set it as 20-70 mass %, and it is still more preferable to set it as 40-70 mass %. The solvent content can be adjusted according to the required thickness of the coating film and the coating method.

溶劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。含有兩種以上溶劑時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。The solvent may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, the total of them is preferably in the above range.

<自由基交聯劑> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物進一步包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑係具有自由基聚合性基團之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基團,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 該等之中,作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳。<Free radical crosslinking agent> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably further contains a radical crosslinking agent. The radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a radical polymerizable group. As the radical polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of the group containing the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group. Among these, as the group containing the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond, a (meth)acryloyl group is preferable, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, a (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferable.

自由基交聯劑係具有1個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物即可,具有2個以上之化合物為更佳。 具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係具有2個包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳。 又,從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物作為自由基交聯劑為較佳。作為具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有3~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有3~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有3~6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係具有3個以上包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,具有3~15個之化合物為更佳,具有3~10個之化合物為進一步較佳,具有3~6個之化合物為特佳。 又,從所獲得之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳。 另一方面,從顯影性的觀點考慮,自由基交聯劑係具有2個上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為特佳。The radical crosslinking agent may be a compound having one or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, and a compound having two or more is more preferable. The compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having two groups containing the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the cured film obtained, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds as a radical crosslinking agent. As a compound having 3 or more of the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferred, and a compound having 3 to 10 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, with 3 to 15 ethylenic unsaturated bonds being more preferred. Compounds with 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds are more preferred. In addition, the compound having 3 or more of the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having 3 or more of the groups containing the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond, and a compound having 3 to 15 is more preferred, with 3 to 15 10 compounds are more preferred, and compounds with 3 to 6 are particularly preferred. In addition, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the cured film obtained, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention includes a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more of the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds For better. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developability, the radical crosslinking agent is particularly preferably a compound having two of the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds.

自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.

作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,還可較佳地使用具有羥基、胺基、氫硫基等親和性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦較佳。又,作為另一例,替代上述不飽和羧酸,能夠使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等取代之化合物組。作為具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters, The amines are preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds and amines of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. In addition, addition reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having affinity substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, sulfhydryl groups, and monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxy groups can also be preferably used, Dehydration condensation reaction product with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid, etc. In addition, an addition reaction product of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and further having halogen groups Or a substitution reaction product of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with detachable substituents such as toluene sulfonyloxy group and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols. As another example, instead of the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid, a group of compounds substituted with unsaturated phosphonic acid, vinyl benzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether, and the like can be used. As a specific example, the description in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP 2016-027357 A can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

又,自由基交聯劑係在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例,可舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;以及該等的混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中記載之化合物亦較佳。又,還能夠舉出使多官能羧酸與(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物進行反應而獲得的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Furthermore, it is also preferable that the radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl erythritol tri (Meth) acrylate, neopentyl erythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dine pentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dine pentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) Base) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(acryloxypropyl) ether, tris(acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin or trimethylolethane, etc. in multifunctional alcohol Compounds in which ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is added and then (meth)acrylated, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-006034, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-037193, etc. The (meth)acrylic urethanes described in the gazette, the polyester acrylates described in the respective gazettes of JP Sho 48-064183, JP Sho 49-043191, and JP Sho 52-030490, Polyfunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates, which are reaction products of epoxy resins and (meth)acrylic acid; and mixtures thereof. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970 A are also preferable. Moreover, the polyfunctional (meth)acrylate etc. which are obtained by making the compound which has a cyclic ether group and ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as a polyfunctional carboxylic acid and glycidyl (meth)acrylate react, are mentioned.

又,作為除了上述以外的較佳之自由基交聯劑,還能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中記載之具有茀環,且具有2個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的化合物或卡多(cardo)樹脂。In addition, as a preferable radical crosslinking agent other than the above, it is also possible to use the cirrhotic ring described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent No. 4364216, etc. A compound or cardo resin having two or more groups with ethylenically unsaturated bonds.

進而,作為其他例子,還能夠舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中記載之特定的不飽和化合物、日本特開平02-025493號公報中記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,還能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中記載之包含全氟烷基的化合物。進而,還能夠使用“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20、No.7、300~308頁(1984年)中作為光硬化性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。Furthermore, as other examples, there are specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-043946, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040337, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040336, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 02- Vinylphosphonic acid-based compounds described in 025493 No. Bulletin, etc. In addition, the perfluoroalkyl group-containing compound described in JP 61-022048 A can also be used. Furthermore, it is also possible to use those introduced as photocurable monomers and oligomers in "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan" vol. 20, No. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984).

除了上述以外,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and these contents are incorporated herein. In the manual.

又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)與其具體例一同記載之如下化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該化合物係在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。In addition, the following compounds described as formula (1) and formula (2) together with specific examples in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 can also be used as a radical crosslinking agent. This compound is added to a polyfunctional alcohol A compound formed by (meth)acrylate esterification after ethylene oxide or propylene oxide.

進而,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中記載之化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該等內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP 2015-187211 A can also be used as a radical crosslinking agent, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)及該等的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等寡聚物類型。As a free radical crosslinking agent, dineopentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dineopentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dineopentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D -310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dineopentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the structure in which these (meth)acrylic groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues are preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.

作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如,可舉出Sartomer Company, Inc製的作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、作為具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能丙烯酸甲酯之Sartomer Company, Inc製SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製的作為具有6個伸戊氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、作為具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製)、NK酯M-40G、NK酯4G、NK酯M-9300、NK酯A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製)等。As a commercially available product of a radical crosslinking agent, for example, SR-494 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc. is a 4-functional acrylate having 4 ethoxy chains, and SR-494 is a product with 4 ethyleneoxy chains. 2-functional methyl acrylate made by Sartomer Company, Inc. SR-209, 231, 239, made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as a 6-functional acrylate with 6 pentoxyl chains, as DPCA-60, as having 3 TPA-330, urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), NK ester M-40G, three functional acrylates with a single isobutoxy chain NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA -306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION), etc.

作為自由基交聯劑,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,作為自由基交聯劑,還能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中記載之於分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。As a free radical crosslinking agent, for example, the carbamate described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 02-016765 Acrylic acid esters, Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 have ethylene oxide based Carbamate compounds of the backbone are also preferred. Furthermore, as the radical crosslinking agent, it is also possible to use the structure described in JP-A 63-277653, JP-A 63-260909, and JP-A 01-105238 that have an amine group in the molecule. Or compounds of sulfide structure.

自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物係新戊四醇或二新戊四醇之化合物。作為市售品,例如,作為TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製多元酸改質丙烯酸類寡聚物,可舉出M-510、M-520等。The free radical crosslinking agent may be a free radical crosslinking agent having acid groups such as carboxyl groups and phosphoric acid groups. Among the radical crosslinking agents with acid groups, esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids are preferred. The unreacted hydroxyl groups of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds are reacted with non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydrides to form an acid group. The free radical crosslinking agent is more preferable. Particularly preferably, the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound reacts with the non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to have an acid group. Among the free radical crosslinking agents, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is one of neopentaerythritol or dineopentaerythritol. Compound. As a commercially available product, for example, M-510, M-520, etc. are mentioned as polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd..

具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。自由基交聯劑的酸值只要在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。/另一方面,從進行鹼顯影時的顯影速度的觀點考慮,具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~300mgKOH/g,尤其較佳為1~100mgKOH/g。/上述酸值遵照JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The preferred acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent with an acid group is 0.1-40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably 5-30 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the radical crosslinking agent is within the above-mentioned range, the workability in production is excellent, and the developability is also excellent. In addition, the polymerizability is good. /On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the development speed during alkali development, the radical crosslinking agent having an acid group preferably has an acid value of 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. /The above acid value was measured in accordance with the description of JIS K 0070:1992.

從圖案的解析度和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。 作為具體化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二丙烯酸酯(係聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯且聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右者)、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO(環氧乙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、其他具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等可根據需要混合兩種以上來使用。 此外,作為2官能以上的自由基交聯劑,可舉出鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等。 從抑制伴隨硬化膜的彈性模數控制產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,能夠較佳地使用單官能自由基交聯劑作為自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、卡必醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、芐基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基環氧丙醚、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。From the viewpoint of the resolution of the pattern and the stretchability of the film, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably uses a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG200 diacrylate (polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate) can be used. Glycol diacrylate and polyethylene glycol chain formula weight is about 200), PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polytetrafluoroethylene Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol Diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, EO of bisphenol A (Ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate, EO adduct of bisphenol A dimethacrylate, PO adduct of bisphenol A diacrylate, EO adduct of bisphenol A dimethyl Acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid modified dimethacrylate, others with urethane A bifunctional acrylate with a bond, and a bifunctional methacrylate with a urethane bond. These can be used by mixing two or more types as needed. Moreover, as a radical crosslinking agent more than bifunctional, diallyl phthalate, triallyl trimellitate, etc. are mentioned. From the viewpoint of suppressing warpage accompanying the control of the elastic modulus of the cured film, a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent can be preferably used as the radical crosslinking agent. As a monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxy Ethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, etc. (meth) Acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcaprolactam and other N-vinyl compounds, allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, trimellitic acid Allyl compounds such as allyl esters, etc. As a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent, in order to suppress volatilization before exposure, a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure is also preferable.

含有自由基交聯劑時,其含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分,超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a radical crosslinking agent is contained, its content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less.

自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以混合使用兩種以上。同時使用兩種以上時,其合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The radical crosslinking agent may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more. When two or more types are used at the same time, the total amount is preferably in the above range.

<熱交聯劑> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含熱交聯劑為較佳。 作為熱交聯劑,只要為在分子內具有複數個在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之反應藉由酸的作用得到促進之基團之化合物,則並無特別限定,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團直接鍵結於氮原子之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為熱交聯劑,可舉出如下化合物,例如具有使三聚氰胺、乙炔脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含胺基化合物與甲醛進行反應或使甲醛與醇進行反應並用羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代上述胺基的氫原子之結構之化合物。該等化合物的製造方法並無特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同結構之化合物即可。又,可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 作為上述之含胺基化合物,將使用三聚氰胺之熱交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用乙炔脲、脲或伸烷基脲之熱交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用伸烷基脲之熱交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用苯并胍胺者稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 該等之中,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述之乙炔脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑群組中之至少一種化合物為更佳。<Thermal crosslinking agent> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a thermal crosslinking agent. As a thermal crosslinking agent, as long as it is a compound that has a plurality of groups in the molecule that form a covalent bond with other compounds in the composition or its reaction products, the reaction is promoted by the action of an acid, and it is not It is not particularly limited, and a compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl is preferred, and it has a compound selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl. A compound having a structure in which at least one group is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom is more preferred. As the thermal crosslinking agent, the following compounds can be mentioned, for example, having melamine, acetylene carbamide, urea, alkylene urea, benzoguanamine and other amine group-containing compounds reacting with formaldehyde or reacting formaldehyde with alcohol and using methylol A compound in which the hydrogen atom of the above-mentioned amino group is substituted by a group or an alkoxymethyl group. The method for producing these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as they have the same structure as the compound produced by the above-mentioned method. In addition, it may be an oligomer in which the methylol groups of these compounds are self-condensed with each other. As the above-mentioned amine-containing compound, the thermal crosslinking agent using melamine is called melamine-based crosslinking agent, and the thermal crosslinking agent using acetylene carbamide, urea or alkylene urea is called urea-based crosslinking agent. The thermal crosslinking agent of alkylene urea is called alkylene urea crosslinking agent, and the one that uses benzoguanamine is called benzoguanamine crosslinking agent. Among them, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a urea-based crosslinking agent and a melamine-based crosslinking agent, and it preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of acetylene urea described later. At least one compound in the group of cross-linking agents and melamine-based cross-linking agents is more preferable.

作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of the melamine-based crosslinking agent include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxybutylmelamine, and the like.

作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化乙炔脲、二羥甲基化乙炔脲、三羥甲基化乙炔脲、四羥甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲,二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四乙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲或四丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲等的乙炔脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等的脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化乙烯脲或二羥甲基化乙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲等乙烯脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化丙烯脲、二羥甲基化丙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲等的丙烯脲系交聯劑、 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。Specific examples of urea-based crosslinking agents include, for example, monomethylolated acetylene carbamide, dimethylolated acetylene carbamide, trimethylolated acetylene carbamide, tetramethylolated acetylene carbamide, and monomethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide. Methylated acetylene carbamide, dimethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, trimethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tetramethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, monomethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, dimethoxy Methylated acetylene carbamide, trimethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tetraethoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, monopropoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, dipropoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tripropoxymethylated acetylene carbamide Alkylated acetylene carbamide, tetrapropoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, monobutoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, dibutoxymethylated acetylene carbamide, tributoxymethylated acetylene carbamide or tetrabutoxymethylated acetylene carbamide Acetylene carbamide crosslinking agents such as acetylated acetylene carbamide; Urea crosslinking agents such as bismethoxymethylurea, bisethoxymethylurea, bispropoxymethylurea, and bisbutoxymethylurea, Monomethylolated ethylene urea or dimethylolated ethylene urea, monomethoxymethylated ethylene urea, dimethoxymethylated ethylene urea, monoethoxymethylated ethylene urea, diethoxy Methylated ethylene urea, monopropoxymethylated ethylene urea, dipropoxymethylated ethylene urea, monobutoxymethylated ethylene urea or dibutoxymethylated ethylene urea, etc. Coupling agent, Monomethylolated propylene urea, dimethylolated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monodiethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxy Propylene urea such as methylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea, or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea Crosslinking agent, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazole Pyridone and so on.

作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。As specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent, for example, monomethylolated benzoguanamine, dimethylolated benzoguanamine, trimethylolated benzoguanamine, tetramethylol Methylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylated Benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine Amine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, Monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, etc.

此外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團之化合物,亦能夠較佳地使用將選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團直接鍵結於芳香環(較佳為苯環)之化合物。 作為該種化合物的具體例,可舉出對苯二甲醇、雙(羥甲基)甲酚、雙(羥甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥甲基)二苯甲酮、羥甲基苯甲酸羥甲基苯、雙(羥甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2‐羥基‐1,3‐對苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。In addition, as a compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl, it is also possible to preferably use a compound selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl A compound in which at least one group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring). Specific examples of such compounds include terephthalic methanol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl) Methyl) benzophenone, hydroxymethyl hydroxymethyl benzoate, hydroxymethyl benzene, bis(hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, dimethyl bis(hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl) benzene, double (Methoxymethyl) cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)benzophenone, methyl Methoxymethylbenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4',4''-ethylene Tris[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxy- 1,3-terephthalene dimethanol], 3,3',5,5'-tetra(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol, etc.

作為熱交聯劑,可以使用市售品,作為較佳之市售品,可舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上,ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上,Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製)、NIKALAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKALACMX-280、NIKALACMX-270、NIKALACMX-279、NIKALACMW-100LM、NIKALACMX-750LM(以上,SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)等。As the thermal crosslinking agent, commercially available products can be used. Preferred commercially available products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (above, manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP- Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM-PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML- BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (above, Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC (registered trademark, the same below) MX-290, NIKALACMX-280, NIKALACMX-270, NIKALACMX-279, NIKALACMW-100LM, NIKALACMX-750LM (above, manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL CO., LTD )Wait.

又,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物作為熱交聯劑亦較佳。In addition, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, and benzophenone compounds as the thermal crosslinking agent.

〔環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)〕 作為環氧化合物,在一分子中具有2個以上環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應,並且由於不會因交聯而發生脫水反應而不易引起膜收縮。因此,含有環氧化合物對熱硬化性感光性組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲的抑制有效。[Epoxy compounds (compounds with epoxy groups)] As the epoxy compound, a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferred. The epoxy group undergoes a crosslinking reaction below 200°C, and it is unlikely to cause film shrinkage because it does not undergo a dehydration reaction due to crosslinking. Therefore, containing the epoxy compound is effective in suppressing the low-temperature curing and warpage of the thermosetting photosensitive composition.

環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步降低,並且能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. Thereby, the modulus of elasticity is further reduced, and warpage can be suppressed. The polyethylene oxide group means the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide of 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2-15.

作為環氧化合物的例子,可舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、新戊二醇二環氧丙基醚、乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、丁二醇二環氧丙基醚、己二醇二環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷三環氧丙基醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二環氧丙基醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(環氧丙氧基丙基)矽氧烷等含環氧基矽酮等,但並不限定於該等。具體而言,可舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4710、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-859CRP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-1514、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4880、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-150、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-1000、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4816、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4822、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-20E(以上商品名,DIC Corporation製)、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-60E、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)HBE-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)DME-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)L-200(商品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上商品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製)、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2021P、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2081、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)GT401、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB4700、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB3600(以上商品名,DAICEL CORPORATION製)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上商品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。其中,從抑制翹曲及耐熱性優異之方面考慮,含有聚環氧乙烷基之環氧樹脂為較佳。例如,EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4880、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4822、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-60E含有聚環氧乙烷基,因此較佳。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, and ethylene glycol bicyclic Alkylene glycol type epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbons such as oxypropyl ether, butylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, etc. Type epoxy resin; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; epoxy-containing silicone such as polymethyl (glycidoxypropyl) silicone, etc., but It is not limited to these. Specifically, EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP- 4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4710, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-1514, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4880, EPICLON (registered Trademarks) EXA-4850-150, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4816, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4822, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) ) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-20E (the above product name, manufactured by DIC Corporation), RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-60E, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) HBE-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) DME-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) L-200 (commodity Name, New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (the above product names, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2021P, CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2081 , CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) GT401, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) PB4700, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) PB3600 (above trade name, manufactured by DAICEL CORPORATION), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN -104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (trade names above, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc. Among them, from the viewpoints of suppressing warpage and excellent heat resistance, epoxy resins containing polyethylene oxide groups are preferred. For example, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4880, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-60E contain polyethylene oxide groups and are therefore preferred.

〔氧雜環丁烷化合物(具有氧雜環丁基之化合物)〕 作為氧雜環丁烷化合物,能夠舉出在一分子中具有2個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥甲氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體例,能夠較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223),該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合兩種以上。[Oxetane compounds (compounds with oxetanyl groups)] Examples of the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethoxetane, and 1,4-bis{ [(3-Ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxetane, 1,4- Benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methyl] ester and the like. As a specific example, the ARON OXETANE series manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) can be preferably used, and these can be used alone or in combination. the above.

〔苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁唑基之化合物)〕 苯并㗁𠯤化合物因源自開環加成反應之交聯反應而在硬化時不產生脫氣,進而減少熱收縮而抑制產生翹曲,因此較佳。〔Benzo 㗁 𠯤 compounds (compounds with benzo azole group)〕 The benzoglucan compound is preferred because of the cross-linking reaction derived from the ring-opening addition reaction and does not produce outgassing during hardening, thereby reducing thermal shrinkage and suppressing warpage.

作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳例,可舉出B-a型苯并㗁𠯤、B-m型苯并㗁𠯤、P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤(以上商品名,Shikoku Chemicals Corporation製)、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合兩種以上。As preferred examples of the benzoglyph compound, Ba-type benzoglyph, Bm-type benzoglyph, Pd-type benzoglyph, Fa-type benzoglyph (the above product name, manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation) ), polyhydroxystyrene resin benzo 㗁 adduct, novolak type dihydro benzo 㗁 𠯤 compound. These can be used alone, or two or more of them can be mixed.

熱交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。熱交聯劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。含有兩種以上熱交聯劑時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。The content of the thermal crosslinking agent is preferably 0.1-30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5-15% by mass , 1.0-10% by mass is particularly preferred. The thermal crosslinking agent may contain only one kind, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more thermal crosslinking agents are contained, the total of them is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<具有磺醯胺結構之化合物、具有硫脲結構之化合物> 從提高所獲得之硬化膜對基材的密接性的觀點考慮,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物進一步包含選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳。<Compounds with sulfonamide structure, compounds with thiourea structure> From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the obtained cured film to the substrate, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention further includes a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound having a sulfonamide structure and a compound having a thiourea structure At least one compound is preferred.

〔具有磺醯胺結構之化合物〕 磺醯胺結構係由下述式(S-1)表示之結構。 [化學式38]

Figure 02_image081
在式(S-1)中,R表示氫原子或有機基團,R可以與其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 上述R係與下述式(S-2)中的R2 相同的基團為較佳。 具有磺醯胺結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上磺醯胺結構之化合物,具有1個以上磺醯胺結構之化合物為較佳。[Compound with sulfonamide structure] The sulfonamide structure is a structure represented by the following formula (S-1). [Chemical formula 38]
Figure 02_image081
In formula (S-1), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, R may be bonded to another structure to form a ring structure, and * each independently represents a bonding site to another structure. The above-mentioned R system is preferably the same as R 2 in the following formula (S-2). The compound having a sulfonamide structure may be a compound having two or more sulfonamide structures, and a compound having more than one sulfonamide structure is preferred.

具有磺醯胺結構之化合物係由下述式(S-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式39]

Figure 02_image083
在式(S-2)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R1 、R2 及R3 中的2個以上可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。 R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示1價有機基團為較佳。 作為R1 、R2 及R3 的例子,可舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、或者將該等組合2個以上之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基矽基,碳數1~10的烷氧基矽基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基矽基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基矽基,可舉出甲氧基矽基、乙氧基矽基、丙氧基矽基及丁氧基矽基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子之基團等。The compound having a sulfonamide structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (S-2). [Chemical formula 39]
Figure 02_image083
In formula (S-2), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and two or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Preferably, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. Examples of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, and an aryl group. Ether group, carboxyl group, carbonyl group, allyl group, vinyl group, heterocyclic group, or a combination of two or more of these groups, etc. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group etc. are mentioned, for example. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. As said cycloalkyl group, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc. are mentioned, for example. As the above-mentioned alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentoxy group, etc. are mentioned. As the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkoxysilyl group, a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group, a butoxysilyl group, etc. are mentioned. As the above-mentioned aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferred. The above-mentioned aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. As said aryl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the above heterocyclic group include triazole ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, Heterocyclic structures such as pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, porphyrin ring, dihydropiperan ring, tetrahydropiperan ring, trihydropyran ring and other heterocyclic structures remove 1 hydrogen Groups of atoms, etc.

該等之中,R1 係芳基且R2 及R3 分別獨立地為氫原子或烷基之化合物為較佳。Among these, compounds in which R 1 is an aryl group and R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group are preferred.

作為具有磺醯胺結構之化合物的例子,可舉出苯磺醯胺、二甲基苯磺醯胺、N-丁基苯磺醯胺、磺胺、鄰甲苯磺醯胺、對甲苯磺醯胺、羥基萘基磺醯胺、萘基-1-磺醯胺、萘基-2-磺醯胺、間硝基苯磺醯胺、對氯苯磺醯胺、甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙磺醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲磺醯胺、N-甲氧基甲磺醯胺、N-十二基甲磺醯胺、N-環己基-1-丁磺醯胺、2-胺基乙磺醯胺等。Examples of compounds having a sulfonamide structure include toluenesulfonamide, dimethylbenzenesulfonamide, N-butylbenzenesulfonamide, sulfonamide, o-toluenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, Hydroxynaphthyl sulfonamide, naphthyl-1-sulfonamide, naphthyl-2-sulfonamide, m-nitrobenzene sulfonamide, p-chlorobenzene sulfonamide, toluene sulfonamide, N,N-di Methanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylethanesulfonamide, N,N-diethylmethanesulfonamide, N-methoxymethanesulfonamide, N-dodecylmethanesulfonamide , N-cyclohexyl-1-butanesulfonamide, 2-aminoethanesulfonamide, etc.

〔具有硫脲結構之化合物〕 硫脲結構係由下述式(T-1)表示之結構。 [化學式40]

Figure 02_image085
在式(T-1)中,R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R4 及R5 可以鍵結而形成環,R4 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,R5 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Compound with thiourea structure] The thiourea structure is a structure represented by the following formula (T-1). [Chemical formula 40]
Figure 02_image085
In formula (T-1), R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 4 and R 5 can be bonded to form a ring, and R 4 can be bonded to other structures with * Bonded to form a ring structure, R 5 can be bonded to other structures to which * is bonded to form a ring structure, and * independently represents a bonding site with other structures.

R4 及R5 分別獨立地為氫原子為較佳。 作為R4 及R5 的例子,可舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基或將該等組合2個以上之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基矽基,碳數1~10的烷氧基矽基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基矽基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基矽基,可舉出甲氧基矽基、乙氧基矽基、丙氧基矽基及丁氧基矽基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子之基團等。 具有硫脲結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上硫脲結構之化合物,但具有1個硫脲結構之化合物為較佳。Preferably, R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom. Examples of R 4 and R 5 include a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, A carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a combination of two or more of these groups, etc. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group etc. are mentioned, for example. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. As said cycloalkyl group, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc. are mentioned, for example. As the above-mentioned alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentoxy group, etc. are mentioned. As the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkoxysilyl group, a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group, a butoxysilyl group, etc. are mentioned. As the above-mentioned aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferred. The above-mentioned aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. As said aryl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the above heterocyclic group include triazole ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, Heterocyclic structures such as pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, porphyrin ring, dihydropiperan ring, tetrahydropiperan ring, trihydropyran ring and other heterocyclic structures remove 1 hydrogen Groups of atoms, etc. The compound having a thiourea structure may be a compound having two or more thiourea structures, but a compound having one thiourea structure is preferred.

具有硫脲結構之化合物係由下述式(T-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式41]

Figure 02_image087
在式(T-2)中,R4 ~R7 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R4 ~R7 中的至少2個可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。The compound having a thiourea structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (T-2). [Chemical formula 41]
Figure 02_image087
In formula (T-2), R 4 to R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least two of R 4 to R 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

在式(T-2)中,R4 及R5 的含義與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 在式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 分別獨立地為1價有機基團為較佳。 在式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 中的1價有機基團的較佳態樣與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 中的1價有機基團的較佳態樣相同。In formula (T-2), the same as R (T-1) and the meanings of R 4 and R 5 of the formula 4 and R 5, preferred aspects are also the same. In the formula (T-2), it is preferable that R 6 and R 7 are each independently a monovalent organic group. In the formula (T-2), the preferred aspect of the monovalent organic group in R 6 and R 7 is the same as that of the monovalent organic group in R 4 and R 5 in the formula (T-1) The appearance is the same.

作為具有硫脲結構之化合物的例子,可舉出N-乙醯基硫脲、N-烯丙基硫脲、N-烯丙基-N’-(2-羥基乙基)硫脲、1-金剛烷基硫脲、N-苯甲醯基硫脲、N,N’-二苯硫脲、1-苄基-苯硫脲、1,3-二丁基硫脲、1,3-二異丙基硫脲、1,3-二環己基硫脲、1-(3-(三甲氧基矽基)丙基)-3-甲基硫脲、三甲基硫脲、四甲基硫脲、N,N-二苯硫脲、乙烯硫脲(2-咪唑啉硫酮)、卡比馬唑(Carbimazole)、1,3-二甲基-2-硫代乙內醯脲等。Examples of compounds having a thiourea structure include N-acetylthiourea, N-allylthiourea, N-allyl-N'-(2-hydroxyethyl)thiourea, 1- Adamantylthiourea, N-benzylthiourea, N,N'-diphenylthiourea, 1-benzyl-phenylthiourea, 1,3-dibutylthiourea, 1,3-diiso Propylthiourea, 1,3-dicyclohexylthiourea, 1-(3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl)-3-methylthiourea, trimethylthiourea, tetramethylthiourea, N,N-diphenylthiourea, ethylene thiourea (2-imidazoline thione), Carbimazole, 1,3-dimethyl-2-thiohydantoin, etc.

〔含量〕 相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總質量之具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物的合計含量為0.05~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.2~3質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以僅包含一種選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物之群組中之化合物,亦可以包含兩種以上。僅包含一種時,該化合物的含量在上述範圍內,包含兩種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。〔content〕 The total content of the compound having a sulfonamide structure and the compound having a thiourea structure relative to the total mass of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is preferably 0.05-10% by mass, and more preferably 0.1-5% by mass Preferably, 0.2 to 3% by mass is more preferable. The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may include only one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound having a sulfonamide structure and a compound having a thiourea structure, or two or more. When only one type is included, the content of the compound is within the above-mentioned range, and when two or more types are included, the total amount of the compound is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物進一步包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制源自金屬層(金屬配線)的金屬離子轉移到熱硬化性感光性組成物層內。<Migration inhibitor> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress the transfer of metal ions originating from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the thermosetting photosensitive composition layer.

作為遷移抑制劑,並無特別限制,可舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、2H-哌喃環及6H-哌喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑等四唑系化合物。The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, and examples include heterocyclic rings (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetra Azole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, oromoline ring, 2H-piperan ring and 6H-piperan ring, tricyclic ring) compounds, with Thiourea and sulfhydryl-based compounds, hindered phenolic compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazine derivative compounds. In particular, triazole-based compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole-based compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.

或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that traps anions such as halogen ions can also be used.

作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116段及0118段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中記載之化合物等。As other migration inhibitors, the rust inhibitor described in paragraph 0094 of JP 2013-015701 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP 2009-283711, and JP 2011-059656 can be used. The compound described in paragraph 0052 of JP-A-2012-194520, the compound described in paragraphs 0114, 0116, and paragraph 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, and the like.

作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,可舉出下述化合物。As specific examples of migration inhibitors, the following compounds can be given.

[化學式42]

Figure 02_image089
[Chemical formula 42]
Figure 02_image089

熱硬化性感光性組成物具有遷移抑制劑時,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the thermosetting photosensitive composition has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass. 0.1 to 1.0% by mass is more preferable.

遷移抑制劑可以為僅一種,亦可以為兩種以上。遷移抑制劑為兩種以上時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。There may be only one type of migration inhibitor, or two or more types. When there are two or more migration inhibitors, the total of them is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Polymerization inhibitor> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.

作為聚合抑制劑,例如,可較佳地使用氫醌、鄰甲氧基苯酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對三級丁基鄰苯二酚、1,4-苯醌、二苯-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺三價鈰鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、啡噻𠯤、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘基胺、乙二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己烷二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺丙胺基)苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥基胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-三級丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-三級丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4‐羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、1,1-二苯基-2-苦肼基、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中記載之化合物。As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, gallic phenol, and p-tertiary butylcatechol can be preferably used. , 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4- Methyl-6-tertiary butyl phenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine trivalent cerium salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, phenothionine, N-nitroso Diphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tertiary butyl-4 -Methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N- Ethyl-N-sulfopropyl)phenol, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tertiarybutyl)phenylmethane, 1 ,3,5-Tris(4-tertiary butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H )-Triketone, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy radical, 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazine, dibutyldithioamino group Copper (II) formate, nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine ammonium salt, etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP 2015-127817 A and the compound described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.

又,能夠使用下述化合物(Me為甲基)。In addition, the following compounds (Me is a methyl group) can be used.

[化學式43]

Figure 02_image091
[Chemical formula 43]
Figure 02_image091

本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分,例如可舉出0.01~20.0質量%的態樣,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.02~3質量%為更佳,0.05~2.5質量%為進一步較佳。又,要求感光性樹脂組成物溶液的保存穩定性時,亦可較佳地舉出0.02~15.0質量%的態樣,此時更佳為0.05~10.0質量%。When the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention has a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may be, for example, 0.01 to 20.0% by mass. , 0.01 to 5% by mass is preferable, 0.02 to 3% by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 2.5% by mass is still more preferable. Moreover, when the storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition solution is required, the aspect of 0.02 to 15.0 mass% can also be mentioned preferably, and in this case, 0.05 to 10.0 mass% is more preferable.

聚合抑制劑可以為僅一種,亦可以為兩種以上。聚合抑制劑為兩種以上時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。There may be only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or two or more types. When there are two or more kinds of polymerization inhibitors, it is preferable that the total of them is in the above-mentioned range.

<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含用於提高與在電極或配線等中使用之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可舉出矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β-酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等等。<Metal adhesion improver> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion with metal materials used in electrodes, wiring, and the like. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesives, titanium-based adhesives, compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, and β-keto acids Ester compounds, amino compounds, etc.

作為矽烷偶合劑的例子,可舉出國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中記載之化合物。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載那樣使用不同的兩種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Et表示乙基。Examples of silane coupling agents include the compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP 2014-191002, and International Publication No. 2011/080992 The compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071, the compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of JP 2014-191252 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of JP 2014-041264, International Publication No. 2014 /097594, the compound described in paragraph 0055. In addition, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP 2011-128358 A. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the following compound as a silane coupling agent. In the following formulae, Et represents an ethyl group.

[化學式44]

Figure 02_image093
[Chemical formula 44]
Figure 02_image093

作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如,可舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基矽基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用一種或組合使用兩種以上。As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyl trimethoxy silane, vinyl triethoxy silane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl trimethoxy silane, 3-epoxy Propoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropoxy Propyl propyl triethoxy silane, p-styryl trimethoxy silane, 3-methacryloxy propyl methyl dimethoxy silane, 3-methacryloxy propyl trimethoxy silane , 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N- 2-(Aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane , 3-Aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxy Silane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate, 3-ureapropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy Silane, 3-isocyanate propyl triethoxy silane, 3-trimethoxysilyl propyl succinic anhydride. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

又,作為金屬接著性改良劑,還能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫化物系化合物。In addition, as the metal adhesion improver, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP 2014-186186 A, and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP 2013-072935 can also be used. .

〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如,能夠舉出三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙基鋁等。〔Aluminum series adhesive additives〕 As an aluminum-based adhesive agent, for example, tris(acetate ethyl acetate) aluminum, tris(acetacetone) aluminum, ethyl acetate diisopropyl aluminum, and the like can be cited.

金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為0.5~15質量份的範圍,進一步較佳為0.5~5質量份的範圍。藉由設為上述下限值以上,硬化製程後的硬化膜與金屬層的接著性變良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,硬化製程後的硬化膜的耐熱性、機械特性變良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。使用兩種以上時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and still more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By setting it as the above lower limit or more, the adhesiveness of the cured film after the curing process to the metal layer becomes better, and by setting it as the above upper limit value or less, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the cured film after the curing process become better. There may be only one type of metal adhesion improver, or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total of them is preferably in the above-mentioned range.

<其他添加劑> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物在可獲得本發明的效果之範圍內,能夠根據需要配合各種添加物,例如,N-苯基二乙醇胺等敏化劑、鏈轉移劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、凝聚抑制劑等。配合該等添加劑時,將其合計配合量設為熱硬化性感光性組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。<Other additives> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention can be blended with various additives as needed within the range where the effects of the present invention can be obtained, for example, sensitizers such as N-phenyldiethanolamine, chain transfer agents, higher fatty acid derivatives , Inorganic particles, hardeners, hardening catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, aggregation inhibitors, etc. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition.

〔敏化劑〕 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以包含敏化劑。敏化劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之敏化劑與熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸,而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑發生化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為敏化劑,可舉出N-苯基二乙醇胺等敏化劑。此外,亦能夠使用二苯甲酮系、米其勒酮系、香豆素系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑偶氮次甲基系、𠮿口星系、酞菁系、苯并哌喃系、靛藍系等化合物。 例如,可舉出米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲基胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲基胺基亞苄基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基聯苯)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)異萘基噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素(7-(二乙胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯)、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-口末啉基二苯甲酮、二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)萘(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3‘,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 又,作為敏化劑,亦可以使用敏化色素。 關於敏化色素的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。〔Sensitizer〕 The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photo-radical polymerization initiator, etc., to produce effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation. Thereby, the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photo radical polymerization initiator undergo chemical changes to decompose, and generate free radicals, acids, or bases. Examples of the sensitizer include sensitizers such as N-phenyldiethanolamine. In addition, benzophenone series, Michelone series, coumarin series, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triphenylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthracene series, anthrapyridone series can also be used System, benzylidene system, oxacyanine system, pyrazolotriazole azo system, pyridone azo system, cyanine system, phenothionine system, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine system, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine system , Phthalocyanine series, benzopiperan series, indigo series and other compounds. For example, Michelone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2, 6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'- Bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminobenzene allylindanone, p-dimethylamino Benzylene indanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl biphenyl)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl vinylidene) benzothiazole, 2-(p-diphenyl) Methylaminophenyl vinylene) isonaphthylthiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene) ) Acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-di Methylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl- 7-diethylaminocoumarin (7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N -P-toluene diethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-terminal benzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole , 1-Phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene) benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene) benzo Thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)naphthalene(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzyl Aniline, N-methylacetaniline, 3',4'-dimethylacetaniline, etc. In addition, as a sensitizer, a sensitizing dye can also be used. For the details of the sensitizing dye, reference can be made to the description in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP 2016-027357 A, which is incorporated into this specification.

本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物包含敏化劑時,敏化劑的含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。敏化劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。When the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01-20% by mass, 0.1-15 Mass% is more preferable, and 0.5-10 mass% is still more preferable. One kind of sensitizer may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used at the same time.

〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如於高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中被定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如,可使用在分子內具有-S-S-、-SO2 -S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物組、用於RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer:可逆加成碎斷鏈轉移)聚合之具有硫代羰基硫基之二硫代苯甲酸酯、三硫代碳酸酯、二硫代胺基甲酸酯、黃原酸酯化合物等。該等向低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基,或者經氧化之後,藉由去質子而可生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。[Chain transfer agent] The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent is defined in, for example, pages 683-684 of the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (Edited by The Society of Polymer Science (Japan), 2005). As the chain transfer agent, for example, a compound group having -SS-, -SO 2 -S-, -NO-, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule can be used for RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer: Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer). Addition, fragmentation, chain transfer) polymerization of dithiobenzoate, trithiocarbonate, dithiocarbamate, xanthate compound with thiocarbonylthio group. These provide hydrogen to low-activity free radicals to generate free radicals, or after oxidation, they can generate free radicals by deprotonation. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.

又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中記載之化合物。In addition, as the chain transfer agent, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.

本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物具有鏈轉移劑時,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,1~10質量份為更佳,1~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以為僅一種,亦可以為兩種以上。鏈轉移劑為兩種以上時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。When the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention has a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01-20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention. 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is still more preferable. There may be only one type of chain transfer agent, or two or more types. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, it is preferable that the total of them is in the above-mentioned range.

〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止因氧導致的聚合阻礙,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中可以添加二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺之類的高級脂肪酸衍生物並使其在塗佈後的乾燥過程中偏在於熱硬化性感光性組成物的表面。〔Higher fatty acid derivatives〕 In order to prevent the polymerization hindrance caused by oxygen, the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention may be added with higher fatty acid derivatives such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide, and dried after coating. The middle part is on the surface of the thermosetting photosensitive composition.

又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中記載之化合物。In addition, the higher fatty acid derivatives can also use the compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.

本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物具有高級脂肪酸衍生物時,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以為僅一種,亦可以為兩種以上。高級脂肪酸衍生物為兩種以上時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。When the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention. There may be only one type of higher fatty acid derivative, or two or more types. When there are two or more higher fatty acid derivatives, it is preferable that the sum total is within the above-mentioned range.

<關於其他含有物質的限制> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的水分含量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.6質量%為進一步較佳。<Regarding restrictions on other contained substances> From the viewpoint of coating surface properties, the moisture content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and more preferably less than 0.6% by mass.

從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。包含複數種金屬時,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍為較佳。From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and less than 0.5 mass ppm. ppm is more preferable. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel, and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

又,作為減少意外包含在本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中的金屬雜質之方法,能夠舉出如下方法:作為構成本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物之原料而選擇金屬含量較少的原料、對構成本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾、用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾等。In addition, as a method of reducing the metal impurities accidentally included in the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, the following method can be cited: as a raw material constituting the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, selecting a low metal content The raw materials of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention are filtered by filters, and the inside of the device is lined with polytetrafluoroethylene, etc., and distillation is carried out under the condition of suppressing pollution as much as possible.

若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,則從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,在本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物中,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍為較佳。Considering the use as a semiconductor material, from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, in the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 ppm by mass, and more preferably less than 300 ppm by mass. It is more preferably less than 200 ppm by mass. Among them, less than 5 mass ppm is preferable in the state of halogen ions, less than 1 mass ppm is more preferable, and less than 0.5 mass ppm is more preferable. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the total of the chlorine atom and the bromine atom or the chlorine ion and the bromine ion be in the above-mentioned range.

作為本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或熱硬化性感光性組成物為目的,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂形成為7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為該種容器,例如,可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載之容器。As the storage container of the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, a conventionally known storage container can be used. In addition, as a storage container, for the purpose of suppressing the mixing of impurities into the raw material or thermosetting photosensitive composition, it is better to use a multi-layer bottle with 6 types of 6-layer resins to form the inner wall of the container, and a bottle with 6 types of resins into a 7-layer structure. good. As such a container, for example, the container described in JP 2015-123351 A can be cited.

<熱硬化性感光性組成物的用途> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物係用於形成熱硬化性感光層之組成物,用於基於狹縫塗佈法形成熱硬化性感光層為更佳。 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於不均勻的基材上為較佳。 作為不均勻的基材,在基材上形成有熱硬化性感光層時,熱硬化性感光層的厚度不成為均勻的厚度之基材即可,例如,可舉出表面具有段差之基材、表面存在傾斜之基材等基材表面的物理形狀不均勻的基材或表面的僅一部分不易與組成物相容等基材表面的化學性狀不均勻的基材等。 具有段差之基材係指在表面具有段差之基材,表面不平坦之基材即可。 表面存在傾斜之基材係指在表面的至少一部分存在傾斜之基材,表面不平坦之基材即可。 作為表面的僅一部分不易與組成物相容等基材表面的化學性狀不均勻的基材,例如,可舉出基材表面的一部分材質不同的基材、表面的僅一部分實施了表面處理之基材等,即使表面平坦,只要為未形成均勻厚度的熱硬化性感光層之基材即可。作為基材表面的一部分材質不同的基材,可舉出在基材表面具有絕緣層和導體配線之情況等。 基材表面的物理形狀不均勻的基材(表面高度不均勻的基材)上的最高部與最低部之間的高度差相對於熱硬化性感光層的平均厚度為5~90%為較佳,10~80%為更佳,12~60%為進一步較佳。 基材表面的物理形狀不均勻的基材上的表面的態樣並無特別限定,長方體狀、立方體上、圓柱狀、半球狀、錐體狀、錐孔狀、斜面狀、脊狀、谷狀或鞍狀的沿厚度方向高的形狀或低的形狀等沿厚度方向形成有高度差之形狀即可。 上述高度差可以為基於基板形狀之差,亦可以為藉由電極、絕緣膜等形成於基材上之元件形成之差,並不限定由何元件形成。<Use of thermosetting photosensitive composition> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is a composition used to form a thermosetting photosensitive layer, and is more preferably used for forming a thermosetting photosensitive layer based on a slit coating method. The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is preferably applied to a non-uniform substrate. As a non-uniform substrate, when a thermosetting photosensitive layer is formed on the substrate, the thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer may not be a uniform thickness of the substrate. For example, a substrate with a stepped surface, A substrate with an uneven physical shape on the surface of a substrate such as an inclined substrate, or a substrate with uneven chemical properties on the surface of the substrate such as only a part of the surface that is not easily compatible with the composition. A substrate with a step refers to a substrate with a step on the surface, and only a substrate with an uneven surface. A substrate with a slope on the surface refers to a substrate with a slope on at least a part of the surface, and only a substrate with an uneven surface. Examples of substrates with uneven chemical properties on the surface of the substrate such that only part of the surface is not easily compatible with the composition, for example, include a substrate with a different material on the surface of the substrate, and a substrate with a surface treatment on only a part of the surface. The material, etc., even if the surface is flat, as long as it is a substrate on which a thermosetting photosensitive layer of uniform thickness is not formed. Examples of substrates with different materials on part of the surface of the substrate include a case where an insulating layer and conductor wiring are provided on the surface of the substrate. The height difference between the highest part and the lowest part on a substrate with uneven physical shape of the substrate surface (a substrate with uneven surface height) is preferably 5 to 90% relative to the average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer , 10 to 80% is more preferable, and 12 to 60% is still more preferable. The physical shape of the substrate surface is not particularly limited. The surface of the substrate is not particularly limited, and it is rectangular, cube-shaped, cylindrical, hemispherical, cone-shaped, cone-shaped, sloped, ridge-shaped, and valley-shaped. Or a saddle-like shape with a height in the thickness direction or a low shape in the thickness direction may be formed with a height difference in the thickness direction. The above-mentioned height difference may be a difference based on the shape of the substrate, or may be a difference formed by an element formed on the substrate by an electrode, an insulating film, or the like, and it is not limited to which element is formed.

本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜為較佳。 又,還能夠用於形成半導體器件的絕緣膜或形成應力緩衝膜等。The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. In addition, it can also be used for forming an insulating film of a semiconductor device, forming a stress buffer film, or the like.

<熱硬化性感光性組成物的製備> 本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物能夠混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。<Preparation of thermosetting photosensitive composition> The thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and it can be performed by a conventionally known method.

又,以去除熱硬化性感光性組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。過濾器孔徑為1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。 關於過濾器孔徑,例如可舉出5μm以下的態樣,1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用藉由有機溶劑預先清洗者。在過濾器過濾製程中,可以並聯或串聯複數種過濾器而使用。使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同之過濾器。又,各種材料可以過濾複數次。過濾複數次時,可以為循環過濾。又,可以在加壓之後進行過濾。藉由加壓進行過濾時,可舉出所施加的壓力例如為0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下的態樣,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為較佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為進一步較佳。除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,還可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。Furthermore, for the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles in the thermosetting photosensitive composition, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter. The filter pore size is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. Regarding the filter pore size, for example, it may be 5 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter can be cleaned in advance with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration process, multiple filters can be used in parallel or in series. When multiple filters are used, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, it can be cyclic filtering. In addition, filtration may be performed after pressurization. When filtering by pressure, the applied pressure may be, for example, 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, preferably 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, and more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less. It is more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less. In addition to filtration using filters, it can also be used to remove impurities using adsorbent materials. It can also be combined with filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using adsorbent materials. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be cited.

(硬化膜、積層體、半導體器件及該等的製造方法) 接著,對硬化膜、積層體、半導體器件及該等的製造方法進行說明。(Cured film, laminate, semiconductor device, and manufacturing methods of these) Next, the cured film, the laminated body, the semiconductor device, and the manufacturing method thereof will be described.

本發明的硬化膜藉由硬化本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物而成。本發明的硬化膜的膜厚例如能夠設為0.5μm以上,且能夠設為1μm以上。又,作為上限值,能夠設為100μm以下,亦能夠設為30μm以下。The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be set to 0.5 μm or more, and can be set to 1 μm or more, for example. Moreover, as an upper limit, it can be 100 micrometers or less, and can also be 30 micrometers or less.

可以將本發明的硬化膜積層2層以上,進而積層3~7層來作為積層體。本發明的積層體包含2層以上的硬化膜,在任意上述硬化膜彼此之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。例如,可舉出至少包含依次積層有第一硬化膜、金屬層、第二硬化膜這3個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜均為本發明的硬化膜,例如,可舉出上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜均為藉由硬化本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物而成之膜之態樣作為較佳者。用於形成上述第一硬化膜之本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物和用於形成上述第二硬化膜之本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同的組成物。本發明的積層體中的金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。Two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention can be laminated, and 3 to 7 layers can be laminated as a laminated body. The layered product of the present invention includes two or more cured films, and it is preferable to include a metal layer between any of the above-mentioned cured films. For example, a laminated body including at least a layer structure in which three layers of a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film are laminated in this order can be cited as a preferable one. The first cured film and the second cured film are both cured films of the present invention. For example, the first cured film and the second cured film are both cured by curing the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention The aspect of the resulting film is the better one. The thermosetting light-sensitive composition of the present invention for forming the above-mentioned first cured film and the thermosetting light-sensitive composition of the present invention for forming the above-mentioned second cured film may be the same composition or may be Compositions of different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention can be preferably used as metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.

作為能夠適用本發明的硬化膜的領域,可舉出半導體器件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可舉出密封膜、基板材料(柔性印刷電路板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由對如上述實際安裝用途的絕緣膜進行蝕刻而形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如,能夠參考Science & Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺・芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。Examples of the field to which the cured film of the present invention can be applied include insulating films of semiconductor devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, stress buffer films, and the like. In addition to this, a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or a cover film of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer insulating film), or a case where a pattern is formed by etching an insulating film for actual mounting purposes as described above, etc. can be mentioned. For these uses, for example, you can refer to Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High-functionalization and Application Technology of Polyimide" April 2008, Kakimoto Masaki/Supervisor, CMC Technical Library "Polyimide Materials The foundation and development of "Polyimine" issued in November 2011, Japan Polyimine and Aromatic Polymer Research Society/Edition "The latest polyimine basics and applications" NTS, August 2010, etc.

又,本發明中的硬化膜還能夠用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、蝕刻成型部件的用途、電子尤其微電子中的保護漆及介電層的製造等中。In addition, the cured film in the present invention can also be used for the production of offset printing plates and screen plates, the use of etching molded parts, the production of protective paints and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics, and the like.

本發明的硬化膜的製造方法(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的製造方法”。)包括將本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基材上來形成膜之膜形成製程為較佳。 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成製程以及對上述膜進行曝光之曝光製程及對上述膜進行顯影之顯影製程為較佳。 又,本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括加熱上述膜之加熱製程為更佳。 具體而言,包括以下(a)~(d)的製程亦較佳。 (a)將熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基材上來形成膜(熱硬化性感光性組成物層)之膜形成製程 (b)膜形成製程之後,對膜進行曝光之曝光製程 (c)對經曝光之上述膜進行顯影之顯影製程 (d)將經顯影之上述膜加熱之加熱製程 藉由在上述加熱製程中進行加熱,能夠進一步硬化藉由曝光硬化之樹脂層。在該加熱製程中,例如上述熱酸產生劑分解,藉由所產生的酸促進熱交聯劑的交聯,藉此可獲得充分的硬化性。The manufacturing method of the cured film of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to simply as "the manufacturing method of the present invention") preferably includes a film formation process including applying the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film. The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the above-mentioned film formation process, an exposure process for exposing the film, and a development process for developing the film. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes a heating process of heating the above-mentioned film. Specifically, the manufacturing process including the following (a) to (d) is also preferable. (A) Film formation process of applying a thermosetting photosensitive composition to a substrate to form a film (thermosetting photosensitive composition layer) (B) Exposure process for exposing the film after the film formation process (C) Development process for developing the exposed film (D) Heating process for heating the developed film By heating in the above heating process, the resin layer hardened by exposure can be further cured. In this heating process, for example, the thermal acid generator described above decomposes, and the generated acid promotes the crosslinking of the thermal crosslinking agent, thereby obtaining sufficient curability.

本發明的較佳實施形態之積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化膜的製造方法。本實施形態的積層體的製造方法按照上述硬化膜的製造方法,形成硬化膜之後,進而再次進行(a)的製程或(a)~(c)的製程、或者(a)~(d)的製程。尤其,依次將上述各製程進行複數次,例如2~5次(亦即,合計3~6次)為較佳。藉由如此對硬化膜進行積層,能夠形成積層體。在本發明中,尤其在設置有硬化膜之部分之上或硬化膜之間或該兩者上設置金屬層為較佳。此外,在積層體的製造中,無需重複(a)~(d)的製程全部,如上述,能夠藉由進行複數次至少(a)、較佳為(a)~(c)或(a)~(d)的製程而獲得硬化膜的積層體。The manufacturing method of the laminated body of the preferable embodiment of this invention includes the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention. The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this embodiment follows the above-mentioned manufacturing method of the cured film. After the cured film is formed, the process of (a) or the process of (a) to (c) or the process of (a) to (d) is performed again. Process. In particular, it is preferable to sequentially perform the above-mentioned processes a plurality of times, for example, 2 to 5 times (that is, 3 to 6 times in total). By layering the cured film in this way, a layered body can be formed. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to provide a metal layer on the part where the cured film is provided, between the cured films, or both. In addition, in the production of the laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all the processes of (a) to (d). As described above, it can be performed multiple times at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) ~(d) Process to obtain a laminate of cured film.

<膜形成製程(層形成製程)> 本發明的較佳實施形態之製造方法包括將熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基材上來形成膜(層狀)之膜形成製程(層形成製程)。<Film formation process (layer formation process)> The manufacturing method of the preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film formation process (layer formation process) in which a thermosetting photosensitive composition is applied to a substrate to form a film (layered).

基材的種類能夠根據用途適當設定,可以為矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜晶體管)陣列基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等,並無特別限定。在本發明中,尤其,半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、鑄模樹脂基材為更佳。 又,作為基材,例如使用板狀的基材(基板)。The type of substrate can be appropriately set according to the application. It can be used to make substrates for semiconductors such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor-deposited films, magnetic films, and reflective films. , Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe and other metal substrates, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrates, electrode plates of plasma display panels (PDP), etc., are not particularly limited. In the present invention, in particular, semiconductor manufacturing substrates are preferred, and silicon substrates and mold resin substrates are more preferred. In addition, as the base material, for example, a plate-shaped base material (substrate) is used.

又,在樹脂層的表面或金屬層的表面形成熱硬化性感光性組成物層時,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。In addition, when the thermosetting photosensitive composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes the base material.

作為將熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基材上之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the thermosetting photosensitive composition to the substrate, coating is preferred.

具體而言,作為適用方法,可例示浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法及噴墨法等。從熱硬化性感光性組成物層的厚度均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法、噴墨法,從容易獲得本發明的效果之觀點考慮,狹縫塗佈法為較佳。依方法調整適當的固體成分濃度或塗佈條件,藉此能夠得到所希望的厚度的樹脂層。又,能夠依基材的形狀適當選擇塗佈方法,只要為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,且只要為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。利用旋塗法時,例如,可舉出以300~3,500rpm的轉速適用10~180秒,能夠以500~2,000rpm的轉速適用10秒~1分鐘左右。又,為了獲得均勻的膜厚,亦能夠組合複數種轉速來進行塗佈。 又,亦能夠適用將藉由上述賦予方法預先在偽支撐體上賦予而形成之塗膜轉印在基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,在本發明中,亦能夠較佳地利用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中記載之製作方法。Specifically, as applicable methods, there can be exemplified dip coating method, air knife coating method, curtain coating method, wire bar coating method, gravure coating method, extrusion coating method, spray coating method, spin coating method, Slit coating method and inkjet method, etc. From the viewpoint of the thickness uniformity of the thermosetting photosensitive composition layer, the spin coating method, the slit coating method, the spraying method, and the inkjet method are more preferable. From the viewpoint of easily obtaining the effects of the present invention, the slit The coating method is preferred. By adjusting the appropriate solid content concentration or coating conditions according to the method, a resin layer with a desired thickness can be obtained. In addition, the coating method can be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. As long as it is a round substrate such as a wafer, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet, etc. are preferred, and as long as it is a rectangular substrate, the slit Coating method, spraying method, inkjet method, etc. are preferable. When using the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 300 to 3,500 rpm for 10 to 180 seconds, and it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. In addition, in order to obtain a uniform film thickness, it is also possible to perform coating in combination with a plurality of rotation speeds. In addition, it is also possible to apply a method of transferring a coating film formed by applying the above-mentioned applying method on a pseudo support in advance to a substrate. Regarding the transfer method, in the present invention, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used. .

<乾燥製程> 本發明的製造方法還可以在形成上述膜(熱硬化性感光性組成物層)之後,膜形成製程(層形成製程)之後包括乾燥製程以去除溶劑。 較佳之乾燥溫度為50~150℃,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。作為乾燥時間,可例示30秒~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,3分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。感光性樹脂組成物溶液的溶劑量多時,亦能夠組合真空乾燥和加熱乾燥。加熱乾燥中可使用加熱板、熱風式烘箱等,並無特別限制。<Drying process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may further include a drying process to remove the solvent after the film (thermosetting photosensitive composition layer) is formed, and the film formation process (layer formation process) is followed. The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150°C, more preferably 70 to 130°C, and even more preferably 90 to 110°C. As the drying time, 30 seconds to 20 minutes can be exemplified, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 minutes to 7 minutes. When the amount of the solvent of the photosensitive resin composition solution is large, vacuum drying and heat drying can also be combined. A hot plate, a hot-air oven, etc. can be used for the heating and drying, and there is no particular limitation.

<曝光製程> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對上述膜(熱硬化性感光性組成物層)進行曝光之曝光製程。曝光量只要能夠硬化熱硬化性感光性組成物,則無特別限定,例如,以波長365nm下的曝光能量換算計,照射100~10,000mJ/cm2 為較佳,照射200~8,000mJ/cm2 為更佳。<Exposure Process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include an exposure process for exposing the above-mentioned film (thermosetting photosensitive composition layer). The exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as it can harden the thermosetting photosensitive composition. For example, in terms of exposure energy conversion at a wavelength of 365 nm, 100 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 is preferable, and 200 to 8,000 mJ/cm 2 For better.

曝光波長能夠在190~1,000nm的範圍內適當設定,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set in the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.

關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係描述,則可舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束等、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波532nm、三次諧波355nm。對於本發明中的熱硬化性感光性組成物來說,尤其基於高壓水銀燈之曝光較佳,其中,基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,尤其可得到高的曝光靈敏度。又,從操作性和生產性的觀點考慮,高壓水銀燈的寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)光源或半導體雷射405nm亦較佳。Regarding the exposure wavelength, if it is described in terms of the relationship with the light source, (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g-ray (Wavelength 436nm), h-ray (wavelength 405nm), i-ray (wavelength 365nm), wide (3 wavelengths of g, h, i-ray), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248nm) , ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, etc., (7) secondary YAG laser Harmonic 532nm, third harmonic 355nm. For the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention, exposure based on high-pressure mercury lamps is particularly preferred, and exposure based on i-rays is preferred. In this way, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, from the viewpoints of operability and productivity, a wide (3 wavelengths of g, h, and i rays) light source for a high-pressure mercury lamp or a semiconductor laser of 405 nm is also preferable.

<顯影製程> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對經曝光之膜(熱硬化性感光性組成物層)進行顯影(對上述膜進行顯影)之顯影製程。藉由進行顯影,例如負型感光性樹脂組成物的情況下,可去除未被曝光的部分(非曝光部)。關於顯影方法,只要能夠形成所希望的圖案,則無特別限制,例如,能夠採用覆液、噴霧、浸漬、超音波等顯影方法。<Development process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a development process of developing (developing the above-mentioned film) the exposed film (thermosetting photosensitive composition layer). By developing, for example, in the case of a negative photosensitive resin composition, the unexposed part (non-exposed part) can be removed. The development method is not particularly limited as long as the desired pattern can be formed. For example, development methods such as coating, spraying, dipping, and ultrasonic can be used.

顯影使用顯影液來進行。例如負型感光性樹脂組成物的情況下,只要可去除未被曝光之部分(非曝光部),顯影液則能夠無特別限制地使用。 在本發明中,將作為顯影液使用鹼顯影液之情況稱為鹼顯影,將作為顯影液使用包含50質量%以上有機溶劑之顯影液之情況稱為溶劑顯影。The development is performed using a developer. For example, in the case of a negative photosensitive resin composition, as long as the unexposed part (non-exposed part) can be removed, the developer can be used without particular limitation. In the present invention, the case of using an alkaline developer as the developer is referred to as alkali development, and the case of using a developer containing 50% by mass or more of an organic solvent as the developer is referred to as solvent development.

在鹼顯影中,作為顯影液,有機溶劑的含量相對於顯影液的總質量為10質量%以下的顯影液為較佳,5質量%以下的顯影液為更佳,1質量%以下的顯影液為進一步較佳,不含有機溶劑的顯影液為特佳。 鹼顯影中的顯影液係pH為10~15的水溶液為更佳。 作為鹼顯影中的顯影液所包含之鹼化合物,例如,可舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鉀、氨或胺等。作為胺,例如,可舉出乙胺、正丙胺、二乙胺、二-正丙胺、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺、烷醇胺、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、氫氧化第四銨、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)或氫氧化四乙基銨等。其中,不含金屬的鹼化合物為較佳,銨化合物為更佳。 鹼化合物可以為僅一種,亦可以為兩種以上。鹼化合物為兩種以上時,其合計在上述範圍為較佳。In alkaline development, as the developer, a developer with an organic solvent content of 10% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the developer is preferred, a developer with 5% by mass or less is more preferred, and a developer with 1% by mass or less To be further preferred, a developer containing no organic solvent is particularly preferred. The developer in alkali development is more preferably an aqueous solution with a pH of 10-15. As the alkali compound contained in the developer in the alkali development, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, metasilica Sodium, potassium metasilicate, ammonia or amine, etc. Examples of amines include ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, and quaternary ammonium hydroxide. , Tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) or tetraethylammonium hydroxide, etc. Among them, metal-free alkali compounds are preferred, and ammonium compounds are more preferred. There may be only one kind of alkali compound, or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of alkali compounds, it is preferable that the total of them is in the above-mentioned range.

在溶劑顯影中,顯影液包含90質量%以上有機溶劑為更佳。在本發明中,顯影液包含ClogP值為-1~5的有機溶劑為較佳,包含ClogP值為0~3的有機溶劑為更佳。ClogP值能夠藉由ChemBioDraw(化學生物圖)輸入結構式而作為計算值來求出。In solvent development, it is more preferable that the developer contains 90% by mass or more of an organic solvent. In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent with a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably contains an organic solvent with a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be calculated as a calculated value by inputting the structural formula from ChemBioDraw (Chemical Biological Diagram).

關於有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環狀烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類等,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸。Regarding organic solvents, as esters, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, pentyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, butyl Ethyl acid, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetate (example: methyl alkoxyacetate Ester, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethoxyacetic acid Ethyl ester, etc.)), 3-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (example: 3-alkoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 3-alkoxypropionic acid ethyl ester, etc. (for example, 3-methoxypropionic acid Methyl ester, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (example: Methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-methoxypropionic acid Ethyl ester, 2-methoxypropyl propionate, 2-ethoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 2-ethoxypropionic acid ethyl ester)), 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionic acid methyl ester and Ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), acetone Methyl acrylate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, etc., and as ethers, For example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethyl cellosolve Glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., And as the ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc. can be preferably mentioned, and as Cyclic hydrocarbons include, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, cyclic terpenes such as limonene, etc., and as the sludge, preferably dimethyl Yaqi.

在本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為較佳,環戊酮為更佳。In the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferred, and cyclopentanone is more preferred.

又,可以在顯影液中包含界面活性劑。In addition, a surfactant may be contained in the developer.

作為顯影時間,10秒~5分鐘為較佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並無特別限定,通常能夠在20~40℃下進行。As the development time, 10 seconds to 5 minutes are preferred. The temperature of the developer during development is not particularly limited, and it can usually be performed at 20 to 40°C.

在使用顯影液之處理之後,可以進一步進行沖洗。 溶劑顯影的情況下,用與顯影液不同的有機溶劑進行沖洗為較佳。例如,可舉出丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯。沖洗時間為5秒~5分鐘為較佳。又,亦可以在顯影與沖洗之間包括使用顯影液和沖洗液兩者之製程。上述製程的時間為1秒~5分鐘為較佳。 鹼顯影的情況下,用純水進行沖洗為較佳。 沖洗時間為5秒~1分鐘為較佳。After the treatment with the developer, it can be further rinsed. In the case of solvent development, it is better to rinse with an organic solvent different from the developer. For example, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate can be mentioned. Preferably, the rinsing time is 5 seconds to 5 minutes. In addition, it is also possible to include a process of using both developer and rinsing solution between development and rinsing. The time of the above process is preferably 1 second to 5 minutes. In the case of alkali development, it is better to rinse with pure water. The rinsing time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.

<加熱製程> 本發明的製造方法包括將經顯影之上述膜加熱之製程(加熱製程)為較佳。 在膜形成製程(層形成製程)、乾燥製程及顯影製程之後包括加熱製程為較佳。在加熱製程中,例如,能夠進行聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的環化、未反應的自由基交聯劑的交聯、未反應的熱交聯劑的交聯等。作為加熱製程中層的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為進一步較佳,150℃以上為更進一步較佳,160℃以上為又進一步較佳,170℃以上為再進一步較佳。作為上限,500℃以下為較佳,450℃以下為更佳,350℃以下為進一步較佳,250℃以下為更進一步較佳,220℃以下為又進一步較佳。<Heating process> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a process of heating the developed film (heating process). It is preferable to include a heating process after the film forming process (layer forming process), drying process, and developing process. In the heating process, for example, cyclization of polyimide precursors or polybenzoxazole precursors, crosslinking of unreacted radical crosslinking agents, crosslinking of unreacted thermal crosslinking agents, etc. can be performed . As the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating process, 50°C or higher is preferred, 80°C or higher is more preferred, 140°C or higher is even more preferred, 150°C or higher is even more preferred, and 160°C or higher is even further Preferably, 170°C or higher is even more preferable. As the upper limit, 500°C or less is preferred, 450°C or less is more preferred, 350°C or less is more preferred, 250°C or less is even more preferred, and 220°C or less is still more preferred.

從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度,以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行加熱為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性的同時防止酸或溶劑的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和硬化膜的殘存應力。From the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, heating is preferably performed at a temperature increase rate of 1-12°C/min, more preferably 2-10°C/min, and still more preferably 3-10°C/min. By setting the temperature increase rate to 1°C/min or more, it is possible to prevent excessive volatilization of acid or solvent while ensuring productivity, and by setting the temperature increase rate to 12°C/min or less, the residual stress of the cured film can be alleviated.

加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指,加熱至最高加熱溫度之製程時開始的溫度。例如,將熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基材上之後進行乾燥時,從該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如比熱硬化性感光性組成物中所含有之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始逐漸升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the beginning of heating refers to the temperature at the beginning of the process when heating to the highest heating temperature. For example, when the thermosetting photosensitive composition is applied to a substrate and then dried, the temperature of the dried film (layer) is, for example, 30 to lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the thermosetting photosensitive composition. It is preferable that the temperature of 200°C starts to increase gradually.

加熱時間(最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為10~360分鐘為較佳,20~300分鐘為更佳,30~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and more preferably 30 to 240 minutes.

尤其,形成多層積層體時,從硬化膜的層間的密接性的觀點考慮,在180℃~320℃的加熱溫度下加熱為較佳,在180℃~260℃下加熱為更佳。其原因尚不確定,但認為是因為藉由設為該溫度,層間的特定樹脂的乙炔基彼此進行交聯反應。In particular, when forming a multilayer laminate, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the layers of the cured film, heating at a heating temperature of 180°C to 320°C is preferable, and heating at 180°C to 260°C is more preferable. The reason for this is not certain, but it is thought that by setting the temperature at this temperature, the ethynyl groups of the specific resins between the layers undergo crosslinking reaction with each other.

加熱可以分階段進行。作為例子,可以進行以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至180℃並在180℃下保持60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從180℃升溫至200℃並在200℃下保持120分鐘之前處理製程。作為前處理製程的加熱溫度,100~200℃為較佳,110~190℃為更佳,120~185℃為進一步較佳。在該前處理製程中,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中所記載,照射紫外線的同時進行處理亦較佳。藉由該種前處理製程,能夠提高膜的特性。前處理製程在10秒~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒~30分鐘為更佳。前處理可以為兩階段以上的製程,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行前處理製程1,然後在150~200℃的範圍內進行前處理製程2。Heating can be carried out in stages. As an example, a pre-treatment process can be performed at 3°C/min from 25°C to 180°C and holding at 180°C for 60 minutes, and 2°C/min from 180°C to 200°C and holding at 200°C for 120 minutes. As the heating temperature of the pretreatment process, 100-200°C is preferred, 110-190°C is more preferred, and 120-185°C is even more preferred. In this pre-treatment process, as described in the specification of US Patent No. 9159547, it is also preferable to perform treatment while irradiating ultraviolet rays. Through this kind of pre-treatment process, the characteristics of the film can be improved. The pre-treatment process can be carried out in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pre-treatment may be a two-stage or more process, for example, the pre-treatment process 1 may be performed in the range of 100-150°C, and then the pre-treatment process 2 may be performed in the range of 150-200°C.

進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為該情況下的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。Furthermore, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5°C/min.

從防止特定樹脂分解的觀點考慮,藉由在氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體流通之真空下進行等而在低氧濃度的環境下進行加熱製程為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the specific resin, it is preferable to perform the heating process in a low oxygen concentration environment by performing the heating process under a vacuum in which an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, and argon flows. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.

<金屬層形成製程> 本發明的製造方法包括在顯影後的膜(熱硬化性感光性組成物層)的表面形成金屬層之金屬層形成製程為較佳。<Metal layer forming process> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming process of forming a metal layer on the surface of the developed film (thermosetting photosensitive composition layer).

作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,例示出銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金及鎢,銅及鋁為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metal types can be used. Examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, and tungsten. Copper and aluminum are more preferable, and copper is still more preferable.

金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中記載之方法。例如,可考慮光微影、剝離、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合該等之方法等。更具體而言,可舉出組合濺射、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合光微影與電解電鍍之圖案化方法。The method of forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, the methods described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-214501, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-101850 can be used. For example, methods such as photolithography, peeling, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and combinations thereof can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method that combines sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method that combines photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited.

作為金屬層的厚度,在最厚的部分,0.1~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。As for the thickness of the metal layer, at the thickest part, 0.1-50 μm is preferable, and 1-10 μm is more preferable.

<積層製程> 本發明的製造方法進一步包括積層製程為較佳。<Layer Process> Preferably, the manufacturing method of the present invention further includes a build-up process.

積層製程係包括在硬化膜(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面,再次依次進行(a)膜形成製程(層形成製程)、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(d)加熱製程之一系列製程。其中,可以為僅重複(a)的膜形成製程之態樣。又,亦可以設為(d)加熱製程在積層的最後或中間統一進行之態樣。亦即,亦可以設為如下態樣:重複進行規定次數的(a)~(c)的製程,之後進行(d)的加熱,藉此將被積層之熱硬化性感光性組成物層統一硬化。又,(c)顯影製程之後可以包括(e)金屬層形成製程,此時可以每次進行(d)的加熱,亦可以在積層規定次數之後統一進行(d)的加熱。積層製程中還可以適當包括上述乾燥製程和加熱製程等是毋庸置疑的。The build-up process includes on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer, and then sequentially perform one of (a) film formation process (layer formation process), (b) exposure process, (c) development process, and (d) heating process. A series of manufacturing processes. Among them, it may be a mode in which only the film formation process of (a) is repeated. In addition, it can also be set as (d) a state in which the heating process is performed uniformly at the end or in the middle of the buildup. That is, it can also be set as the following aspect: repeat the process of (a) to (c) a predetermined number of times, and then heat (d) to uniformly harden the laminated thermosetting photosensitive composition layer . In addition, (c) the development process may include (e) the metal layer forming process. In this case, the heating of (d) may be performed each time, or the heating of (d) may be performed uniformly after a predetermined number of laminations. There is no doubt that the above-mentioned drying process and heating process can also be appropriately included in the build-up process.

在積層製程之後進而進行積層製程時,可以在上述加熱製程之後,在上述曝光製程之後或在上述金屬層形成製程之後,進而進行表面活化處理製程。作為表面活化處理,可例示電漿處理。When the build-up process is further performed after the build-up process, the surface activation treatment process may be further performed after the above-mentioned heating process, after the above-mentioned exposure process, or after the above-mentioned metal layer formation process. As the surface activation treatment, plasma treatment can be exemplified.

上述積層製程進行2~5次為較佳,進行3~5次為更佳。The above-mentioned layering process is preferably carried out 2 to 5 times, and it is more preferable to carry out 3 to 5 times.

例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層等樹脂層為3層以上且7層以下的結構為較佳,3層以上且5層以下為進一步較佳。For example, resin layers such as resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer are preferably three or more and seven or less resin layers, and more preferably three or more and five or less resin layers.

本發明中,尤其以在設置金屬層之後進而覆蓋上述金屬層的方式,形成上述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜(樹脂層)之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可舉出依次重複(a)膜形成製程、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程、(d)加熱製程之態樣或依次重複(a)膜形成製程、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程,並在最後或中間統一設置(d)加熱製程之態樣。藉由交替進行積層熱硬化性感光性組成物層(樹脂層)之積層製程和金屬層形成製程,能夠交替積層熱硬化性感光性組成物層(樹脂層)和金屬層。In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to form a cured film (resin layer) of the thermosetting photosensitive composition in such a manner that the metal layer is further covered after the metal layer is provided. Specifically, it can be mentioned that (a) film formation process, (b) exposure process, (c) development process, (e) metal layer formation process, (d) heating process are repeated in sequence, or (a) is repeated in sequence Film formation process, (b) exposure process, (c) development process, (e) metal layer formation process, and (d) heating process is uniformly set at the end or in the middle. By alternately laminating the thermosetting photosensitive composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer forming process, the thermosetting photosensitive composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.

本發明亦公開包含本發明的硬化膜或積層體之半導體器件。作為將本發明的熱硬化性感光性組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜之半導體器件的具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。 [實施例]The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device including the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device in which the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, refer to the description in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP 2016-027357 A and FIG. 1 Records, these contents are incorporated into this manual. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對苯發明進行進一步詳細的說明。以下的實施例中所示出之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。只要無特別說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。Hereinafter, the benzene invention will be described in further detail with examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not depart from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are quality standards.

<合成例1> 〔PIP-1:利用氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯之聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-1的合成〕 混合10.00g(32.3毫莫耳)的氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時)、9.48g(32.3毫莫耳)的3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)的吡啶、100g的二甘二甲醚(二乙二醇二甲基醚),並在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,藉此製造了均苯四甲酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯及3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐的二酯。將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,將溫度保持在-10±4℃的同時經10分鐘添加了16.12g(135.5毫莫耳)的SOCl2 。添加SOCl2 期間,黏度增加。用50mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮稀釋之後,將反應混合物在室溫下攪拌了2小時。接著,將11.08g(58.7毫莫耳)的4,4’-二胺基二苯醚溶解於100mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮而成之溶液保持在-5~0℃的溫度的同時經20分鐘滴加至反應混合物中。接著,在0℃下使溶液與反應混合物反應1小時之後,添加70g的乙醇,並在室溫下攪拌了一晚。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物在5升水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物以5,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,在4升水中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。接著,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在減壓下,以45℃乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-1。<Synthesis Example 1> [PIP-1: Using oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether Synthesis of polyimide precursor PIP-1 of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] Mix 10.00g (32.3 millimoles) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours) , 9.48g (32.3 millimoles) of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8g (129 millimoles) of methyl 2-Hydroxyethyl acrylate, 0.05g hydroquinone, 20.4g (258 millimoles) pyridine, 100g diglyme (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether), and stir at 60°C For 18 hours, the diester of pyromellitic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and the diester of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride were produced. The reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C, and 16.12 g (135.5 millimoles) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes while maintaining the temperature at -10±4°C. During the addition of SOCl 2 , the viscosity increases. After diluting with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, a solution of 11.08g (58.7 millimoles) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was maintained at a temperature of -5 to 0°C. Add dropwise to the reaction mixture for 20 minutes. Next, after reacting the solution with the reaction mixture at 0°C for 1 hour, 70 g of ethanol was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. Next, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 5 liters of water, and the water-polyimine precursor mixture was stirred at a speed of 5,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure, thereby obtaining the polyimide precursor PIP-1.

<合成例2> 〔PIP-2:利用氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯之聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-2的合成〕 在上述聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-1的合成中,將10.00g(32.3毫莫耳)的氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐及9.48g(32.3毫莫耳)的3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四羧酸二酐變更為20.01g(64.5毫莫耳)的氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐,除此以外,以與聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-1的合成相同的方法,合成了聚醯亞胺前驅物PIP-2。<Synthesis example 2> [PIP-2: Synthesis of polyimide precursor PIP-2 using oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 4,4’-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate] In the synthesis of the polyimide precursor PIP-1, 10.00g (32.3 millimoles) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride and 9.48g (32.3 millimoles) of 3,3',4, 4'-Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride was changed to 20.01g (64.5 millimoles) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride, except for the same as the synthesis of polyimide precursor PIP-1 Methods, the polyimide precursor PIP-2 was synthesized.

<合成例3> 〔PI-1:利用氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷及甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯之聚醯亞胺PI-1的合成〕 在具備安裝有攪拌機、冷凝器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中,一邊去除水分,一邊將2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷65.56g(179mmol)及1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷2.48g(10mmol)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)300g中。接著,添加氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐62.04g(200mmol),在40℃的溫度下攪拌了2小時。接著,添加甲苯50mL及3-胺基苯酚2.18g(10mmol),在40℃下攪拌了2小時。攪拌後,以200ml/min的流量流通氮,將溫度升溫至180℃,並攪拌了6小時。 將上述反應液冷卻至25℃之後,添加對甲氧基苯酚0.005g,並進行溶解。向該溶液滴加甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯24.82g(160mmol),在25℃下攪拌2小時之後,進而在60℃下攪拌了3小時。將其冷卻至25℃,添加乙酸10g,並在25℃下攪拌了1小時。攪拌後,使其在2升水/甲醇=75/25(體積比)中沉澱,並以2,000rpm的速度攪拌了30分鐘。過濾收集所析出的聚醯亞胺樹脂,用1.5升水進行淋洗之後,將濾出物與2升甲醇混合,再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾,藉此獲得了聚醯亞胺。將所獲得之聚醯亞胺在減壓下,以40℃乾燥1天,藉此獲得了PI-1。<Synthesis example 3> 〔PI-1: Using oxygen diphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyl Synthesis of polyimide PI-1 based on disiloxane and 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate] In a drying reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and an internal thermometer, 65.56g (179mmol) of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane was removed while removing water. ) And 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane 2.48g (10mmol) are dissolved in 300g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 62.04 g (200 mmol) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 40°C for 2 hours. Next, 50 mL of toluene and 2.18 g (10 mmol) of 3-aminophenol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 2 hours. After stirring, nitrogen was flowed at a flow rate of 200 ml/min, the temperature was raised to 180°C, and stirring was carried out for 6 hours. After cooling the above-mentioned reaction liquid to 25°C, 0.005 g of p-methoxyphenol was added and dissolved. 24.82 g (160 mmol) of 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate was added dropwise to this solution, and after stirring at 25°C for 2 hours, it was further stirred at 60°C for 3 hours. This was cooled to 25°C, 10 g of acetic acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After stirring, it was precipitated in 2 liters of water/methanol=75/25 (volume ratio), and stirred at a speed of 2,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The precipitated polyimide resin was collected by filtration, rinsed with 1.5 liters of water, and the filtrate was mixed with 2 liters of methanol, stirred again for 30 minutes, and filtered again, thereby obtaining polyimide. The obtained polyimide was dried at 40°C for 1 day under reduced pressure, thereby obtaining PI-1.

<合成例4> 〔PI-2:利用氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷及1,3-雙(3-胺丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷之聚醯亞胺PI-2的合成〕 在聚醯亞胺PI-1的合成中,除了不進行“將上述反應液冷卻至25℃之後,添加對甲氧基苯酚0.005g,並進行了溶解。向該溶液滴加甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯24.82g(160mmol),在25℃下攪拌2小時之後,進而在60℃下攪拌了3小時。將其冷卻至25℃,添加乙酸10g並在25℃下攪拌了1小時。”這一操作以外,以與聚醯亞胺PI-1的合成相同的方法合成了聚醯亞胺PI-2。<Synthesis example 4> 〔PI-2: Using oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane and 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyl Synthesis of polyimide PI-2 based on disiloxane] In the synthesis of polyimide PI-1, except that "after cooling the above reaction solution to 25°C, 0.005 g of p-methoxyphenol was added and dissolved, the solution was added dropwise to methacrylic acid 2- 24.82 g (160 mmol) of ethyl isocyanate, stirred at 25°C for 2 hours, and then stirred at 60°C for 3 hours. Cooled to 25°C, added 10 g of acetic acid and stirred at 25°C for 1 hour "Except for this operation, polyimide PI-2 was synthesized by the same method as the synthesis of polyimide PI-1.

<合成例5> 〔利用4,4’-氧代二苯甲醯氯及2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物PBP-1的合成〕 將2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷28.0g(76.4毫莫耳)攪拌溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮200g。接著,添加吡啶12.1g(153毫莫耳),在將溫度保持在-10~0℃的同時經1小時滴加了將4,4’-氧代二苯甲醯氯20.7g(70.1毫莫耳)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮75g之溶液。攪拌30分鐘之後,添加乙醯氯1.00g(12.7毫莫耳),進一步攪拌了60分鐘。接著,使聚苯并㗁唑前驅物樹脂在6升水中沉澱,並將水-聚苯并㗁唑前驅物樹脂混合物以500rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾收集聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,在6升水中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。接著,在減壓下,以45℃將所獲得之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物PBP-1乾燥了3天。<Synthesis example 5> [Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor PBP-1 using 4,4'-oxobenzyl chloride and 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane] 28.0 g (76.4 mmol) of 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane was stirred and dissolved in 200 g of N-methylpyrrolidone. Next, 12.1 g (153 millimoles) of pyridine was added, and 20.7 g (70.1 millimoles) of 4,4'-oxobenzoyl chloride was added dropwise over 1 hour while maintaining the temperature at -10 to 0°C. Ear) A solution dissolved in 75 g of N-methylpyrrolidone. After stirring for 30 minutes, 1.00 g (12.7 millimoles) of acetyl chloride was added, and stirring was continued for 60 minutes. Next, the polybenzoxazole precursor resin was precipitated in 6 liters of water, and the water-polybenzoxazole precursor resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polybenzoxazole precursor was collected by filtration, stirred again in 6 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, under reduced pressure, the obtained polybenzoxazole precursor PBP-1 was dried at 45°C for 3 days.

<合成例6> 〔利用4,4’-氧代二苯甲醯氯及2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷之聚苯并㗁唑PB-1的合成〕 將上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物PBP-1溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)300g中,一邊流通200ml/min流量的氮,一邊使溫度上升至180℃,並攪拌了6小時。攪拌後,使其在2升水/甲醇=75/25(體積比)中沉澱,並以2,000rpm的速度攪拌了30分鐘。過濾收集所析出的聚苯并㗁唑,用1.5升水進行淋洗之後,將濾出物與2升甲醇混合,再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾,藉此獲得了聚苯并㗁唑。將所獲得之聚苯并㗁唑在減壓下,以40℃乾燥1天,藉此獲得了聚苯并㗁唑PB-1。<Synthesis example 6> [Synthesis of polybenzoxazole PB-1 using 4,4'-oxobenzyl chloride and 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane] The above-mentioned polybenzoxazole precursor PBP-1 was dissolved in 300 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), and the temperature was raised to 180° C. while flowing nitrogen at a flow rate of 200 ml/min, followed by stirring for 6 hours. After stirring, it was precipitated in 2 liters of water/methanol=75/25 (volume ratio), and stirred at a speed of 2,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The precipitated polybenzoxazole was collected by filtration, rinsed with 1.5 liters of water, and the filtrate was mixed with 2 liters of methanol, stirred again for 30 minutes, and filtered again, thereby obtaining polybenzoxazole. The obtained polybenzoxazole was dried at 40°C for 1 day under reduced pressure, thereby obtaining polybenzoxazole PB-1.

<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表1、表2或表3中記載之成分,藉此獲得了各熱硬化性感光性組成物。又,在各比較例中,分別混合下述表2中記載之成分,藉此獲得了各比較用組成物。 具體而言,將表1、表2或表3中記載之成分的含量設為表1、表2或表3的“質量份”中記載之量。又,在各組成物中,將溶劑的含量設為組成物的固體成分濃度成為表1、表2或表3中記載之值。 表1、表2或表3中“金屬濃度”一欄的記載表示相對於組成物的總質量之金屬含量(質量ppm)。 在表1、表2或表3中,例如,界面活性劑一欄的“C-1/C-3”“0.07/0.03”的記載表示使用了0.07質量份的C-1、0.03質量份的C-3之情況。 使所獲得之熱硬化性感光性組成物及比較用組成物通過細孔寬度為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器來進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表1、表2或表3中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有該成分。<Examples and Comparative Examples> In each example, the components described in the following Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 were mixed to obtain each thermosetting photosensitive composition. In addition, in each comparative example, the components described in Table 2 below were mixed to obtain each comparative composition. Specifically, the content of the components described in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 is the amount described in "Parts by mass" in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3. In addition, in each composition, the content of the solvent was such that the solid content concentration of the composition became the value described in Table 1, Table 2, or Table 3. The entry in the “metal concentration” column in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 indicates the metal content (mass ppm) relative to the total mass of the composition. In Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3, for example, the description of "C-1/C-3" and "0.07/0.03" in the column of surfactant means that 0.07 parts by mass of C-1 and 0.03 parts by mass are used The situation of C-3. The obtained thermosetting photosensitive composition and the comparative composition were filtered under pressure through a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene having a pore width of 0.8 μm. In addition, in Table 1, Table 2, or Table 3, the description of "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the component.

[表1]   實施例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 組成 特定 樹脂 種類 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PI-1 PIP-2 質量份 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 54 84 自由基 交聯劑 種類 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-2 B-1 質量份 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 3 10 種類 - - - - - - - - - - B-3 - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - 28 - 界面 活性劑 種類 C-1 C-1 C-2 C-2 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 /C-1 C-3 /C-1 C-3 /C-1 C-3 C-3 質量份 0.25 0.01 0.25 0.01 0.25 0.01 0.1 0.05 /0.05 0.07 /0.03 0.03 /0.07 0.1 0.1 感光劑 種類 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-2 D-1 質量份 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 5 3 熱交聯劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - E-1 - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - 9 - 矽烷 偶合劑 種類 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-2 F-1 質量份 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1 1.6 種類 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 - - 質量份 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 - - 熱鹼 產生劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - G-1 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - 0.6 聚合 抑制劑 種類 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-2 H-3 質量份 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.02 0.2 添加劑 種類 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-2 I-3 質量份 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1 0.3 溶劑 種類 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-2 J-2 溶劑中 比率 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 種類 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-4 J-4 溶劑中 比率 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 金屬濃度(ppm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 製程 膜厚(μm) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 顯影液 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-2 K-1 硬化溫度(℃) 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 硬化時間(min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 評價結果 表面自由 能差的 絕對值 2 0 5 1 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 1 硬化膜A的 表面自由能 21 32 25 32 29 32 30 30 31 29 30 30 絕對值 /硬化膜A的 表面自由能 10% 0% 20% 3% 3% 0% 3% 7% 3% 14% 3% 3% 基板段差適性 A A A A A A A A B B A A 圖案形成性 B A B A A A A A B B B A [Table 1] Example 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 composition Specific resin species PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PI-1 PIP-2 Mass parts 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 54 84 Free radical crosslinker species B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-2 B-1 Mass parts 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 3 10 species - - - - - - - - - - B-3 - Mass parts - - - - - - - - - - 28 - Surfactant species C-1 C-1 C-2 C-2 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 /C-1 C-3 /C-1 C-3 /C-1 C-3 C-3 Mass parts 0.25 0.01 0.25 0.01 0.25 0.01 0.1 0.05 /0.05 0.07 /0.03 0.03/0.07 0.1 0.1 Sensitizer species D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-2 D-1 Mass parts 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 5 3 Thermal crosslinking agent species - - - - - - - - - - E-1 - Mass parts - - - - - - - - - - 9 - Silane coupling agent species F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-2 F-1 Mass parts 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1 1.6 species F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 - - Mass parts 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 - - Thermal alkali generator species - - - - - - - - - - - G-1 Mass parts - - - - - - - - - - - 0.6 Polymerization inhibitor species H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-2 H-3 Mass parts 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.02 0.2 additive species I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-2 I-3 Mass parts 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1 0.3 Solvent species J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-2 J-2 Ratio in solvent 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 species J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-4 J-4 Ratio in solvent 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Metal concentration (ppm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Process Film thickness (μm) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 Developer K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-2 K-1 Hardening temperature (℃) 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 Hardening time (min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Evaluation results Absolute value of the difference in surface free energy 2 0 5 1 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 1 Surface free energy of cured film A twenty one 32 25 32 29 32 30 30 31 29 30 30 Absolute value/surface free energy of cured film A 10% 0% 20% 3% 3% 0% 3% 7% 3% 14% 3% 3% Substrate step adaptability A A A A A A A A B B A A Pattern formation B A B A A A A A B B B A

[表2]   實施例 比較例 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 組成 特定 樹脂 種類 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PI-2 PIP-1 PBP-1 PB-1 PIP-1 PI-1 PIP-1 質量份 86 86 86 86 80 86 86 80 86 54 86 自由基 交聯劑 種類 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 - B-1 B-1 - B-1 B-2 B-1 質量份 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 - 6.9 6.9 - 6.9 3 6.9 種類 - - - - - - - - - B-3 - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - 28 - 界面 活性劑 種類 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 - - C-1 質量份 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - - 0.1 感光劑 種類 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-3 D-1 D-1 D-3 D-1 D-2 D-1 質量份 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 20 1.7 1.7 20 1.7 5 1.7 熱交聯劑 種類 - - - - E-1 - - E-1 - E-1 - 質量份 - - - - 9 - - 9 - 9 - 矽烷 偶合劑 種類 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-2 F-1 F-1 F-2 F-1 F-2 F-1 質量份 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1 0.9 0.9 1 0.9 1 0.9 種類 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 - F-3 F-3 - F-3 - F-3 質量份 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 - 0.9 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 熱鹼 產生劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - 聚合 抑制劑 種類 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-2 H-1 H-1 H-2 H-1 H-2 H-1 質量份 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.02 0.2 0.02 0.2 添加劑 種類 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-2 I-1 I-1 I-2 I-1 I-2 I-1 質量份 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1 3.4 3.4 1 3.4 1 3.4 溶劑 種類 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-2 J-1 J-1 J-2 J-1 J-2 J-1 溶劑中 比率 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 種類 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-4 J-3 J-3 J-4 J-3 J-4 J-3 溶劑中 比率 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 金屬濃度(ppm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 製程 膜厚(μm) 30 30 30 30 30 20 30 30 30 30 30 顯影液 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-2 K-1 K-1 K-2 K-1 K-2 K-1 硬化溫度(℃) 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 硬化時間(min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 評價結果 表面自由 能差的 絕對值 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 硬化膜A的 表面自由能 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32 22 絕對值 /硬化膜A的 表面自由能 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 0% 0% 32% 基板段差適性 A A A A B A A B C C C 圖案形成性 A A A A B A A B C C B [Table 2] Example Comparative example 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 composition Specific resin species PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PIP-1 PI-2 PIP-1 PBP-1 PB-1 PIP-1 PI-1 PIP-1 Mass parts 86 86 86 86 80 86 86 80 86 54 86 Free radical crosslinker species B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 - B-1 B-1 - B-1 B-2 B-1 Mass parts 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 - 6.9 6.9 - 6.9 3 6.9 species - - - - - - - - - B-3 - Mass parts - - - - - - - - - 28 - Surfactant species C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 - - C-1 Mass parts 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - - 0.1 Sensitizer species D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-3 D-1 D-1 D-3 D-1 D-2 D-1 Mass parts 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 20 1.7 1.7 20 1.7 5 1.7 Thermal crosslinking agent species - - - - E-1 - - E-1 - E-1 - Mass parts - - - - 9 - - 9 - 9 - Silane coupling agent species F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-2 F-1 F-1 F-2 F-1 F-2 F-1 Mass parts 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1 0.9 0.9 1 0.9 1 0.9 species F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 - F-3 F-3 - F-3 - F-3 Mass parts 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 - 0.9 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 Thermal alkali generator species - - - - - - - - - - - Mass parts - - - - - - - - - - - Polymerization inhibitor species H-1 H-1 H-1 H-1 H-2 H-1 H-1 H-2 H-1 H-2 H-1 Mass parts 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.02 0.2 0.02 0.2 additive species I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-2 I-1 I-1 I-2 I-1 I-2 I-1 Mass parts 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1 3.4 3.4 1 3.4 1 3.4 Solvent species J-1 J-1 J-1 J-1 J-2 J-1 J-1 J-2 J-1 J-2 J-1 Ratio in solvent 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 species J-3 J-3 J-3 J-3 J-4 J-3 J-3 J-4 J-3 J-4 J-3 Ratio in solvent 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Metal concentration (ppm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Process Film thickness (μm) 30 30 30 30 30 20 30 30 30 30 30 Developer K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-2 K-1 K-1 K-2 K-1 K-2 K-1 Hardening temperature (℃) 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 Hardening time (min) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Evaluation results Absolute value of the difference in surface free energy 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 Surface free energy of cured film A 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32 twenty two Absolute value/surface free energy of cured film A 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 0% 0% 32% Substrate step adaptability A A A A B A A B C C C Pattern formation A A A A B A A B C C B

[表3]   實施例 21 22 23 24 組成 特定 樹脂 種類 PIP-2 PIP-1 PIP-2 PIP-2 質量份 82.8 86 82.8 82.4 自由基 交聯劑 種類 B-2 B-1 B-2 B-2 質量份 10 6.9 10 10 界面 活性劑 種類 C-3 C-1 C-3 C-3 質量份 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.14 感光劑 種類 D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 質量份 3 1.3 3 3 熱交聯劑 種類 - - - - 質量份 - - - - 矽烷 偶合劑 種類 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 質量份 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.6 熱鹼 產生劑 種類 G-1 - G-1 G-1 質量份 2 - 2 2 聚合 抑制劑 種類 H-3 H-1 H-3 H-3 質量份 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 添加劑 種類 I-3 I-1 I-3 I-3 質量份 0.3 3.4 0.3 0.3 溶劑 種類 J-2 J-1 J-2 J-2 溶劑中 比率 80 80 80 80 種類 J-4 J-3 J-4 J-4 溶劑中 比率 20 20 20 20 固體成分濃度 42 27 42 30 金屬濃度(ppm) 1 1 1 1 製程 膜厚(μm) 30 10 20 10 顯影液 K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 硬化溫度(℃) 230 220 230 230 硬化時間(min) 180 120 180 180 評價結果 表面自由 能差的 絕對值 1 2 1 1 硬化膜A的 表面自由能 30 22 30 30 絕對值 /硬化膜A的 表面自由能 4% 10% 4% 4% 基板段差適性 A A A A 圖案形成性 A B A A [table 3] Example twenty one twenty two twenty three twenty four composition Specific resin species PIP-2 PIP-1 PIP-2 PIP-2 Mass parts 82.8 86 82.8 82.4 Free radical crosslinker species B-2 B-1 B-2 B-2 Mass parts 10 6.9 10 10 Surfactant species C-3 C-1 C-3 C-3 Mass parts 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.14 Sensitizer species D-1 D-1 D-1 D-1 Mass parts 3 1.3 3 3 Thermal crosslinking agent species - - - - Mass parts - - - - Silane coupling agent species F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 Mass parts 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.6 Thermal alkali generator species G-1 - G-1 G-1 Mass parts 2 - 2 2 Polymerization inhibitor species H-3 H-1 H-3 H-3 Mass parts 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 additive species I-3 I-1 I-3 I-3 Mass parts 0.3 3.4 0.3 0.3 Solvent species J-2 J-1 J-2 J-2 Ratio in solvent 80 80 80 80 species J-4 J-3 J-4 J-4 Ratio in solvent 20 20 20 20 Solid content concentration 42 27 42 30 Metal concentration (ppm) 1 1 1 1 Process Film thickness (μm) 30 10 20 10 Developer K-1 K-1 K-1 K-1 Hardening temperature (℃) 230 220 230 230 Hardening time (min) 180 120 180 180 Evaluation results Absolute value of the difference in surface free energy 1 2 1 1 Surface free energy of cured film A 30 twenty two 30 30 Absolute value/surface free energy of cured film A 4% 10% 4% 4% Substrate step adaptability A A A A Pattern formation A B A A

表1、表2或表3中記載之各成分的詳細內容如下。The details of each component described in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 are as follows.

〔特定樹脂〕 ・PIP-1~PIP-2:上述中合成之PIP-1~PIP-2 ・PI-1~PI-2:上述中合成之PI-1~PI-2 ・PBP-1:上述中合成之PBP-1 ・PB-1:上述中合成之PB-1〔Specific resin〕 ・PIP-1~PIP-2: PIP-1~PIP-2 synthesized in the above ・PI-1~PI-2: PI-1~PI-2 synthesized in the above ・PBP-1: PBP-1 synthesized in the above ・PB-1: PB-1 synthesized in the above

〔自由基交聯劑〕 ・B-1:四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯 ・B-2:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 ・B-3:LIGHT ESTER BP-6EM(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製)〔Free radical crosslinking agent〕 ・B-1: Tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate ・B-2: Dineopentaerythritol hexaacrylate ・B-3: LIGHT ESTER BP-6EM (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.)

〔界面活性劑〕 ・C-1:PF-6320(KITAMURA CHEMICALS CO.,LTD.製) ・C-2:KF-6048(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製) ・C-3:Acetyrenol E00(Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co.,Ltd.製) ・C-4:ADEKA TOL LA-775(ADEKA CORPORATION製) ・C-5:ADEKA ESTOL S-20(ADEKA CORPORATION製) ・C-6:ADEKA COL PS-440E(ADEKA CORPORATION製) ・C-7:ADEKA TOL PC-6(ADEKA CORPORATION製)〔Interface active agent〕 ・C-1: PF-6320 (manufactured by KITAMURA CHEMICALS CO., LTD.) ・C-2: KF-6048 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ・C-3: Acetyrenol E00 (manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.) ・C-4: ADEKA TOL LA-775 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) ・C-5: ADEKA ESTOL S-20 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) ・C-6: ADEKA COL PS-440E (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) ・C-7: ADEKA TOL PC-6 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION)

〔感光劑〕 ・D-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF公司製) ・D-2:ADEKA NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製) ・D-3:下述結構的化合物(2:1的記載表示各結構的含有莫耳比。) [化學式45]

Figure 02_image095
上述D-3按照國際公開第2017/217292號中記載之合成方法進行了合成。[Photosensitizer] ・D-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) ・D-2: ADEKA NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) ・D-3: a compound of the following structure (2:1 description indicates each structure Contains molar ratio.) [Chemical formula 45]
Figure 02_image095
The above D-3 was synthesized according to the synthesis method described in International Publication No. 2017/217292.

〔熱交聯劑〕 ・E-1:NIKALAC MX-270(SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)〔Heat crosslinking agent〕 ・E-1: NIKALAC MX-270 (manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL CO., LTD)

〔矽烷偶合劑〕 ・F-1:N-(3-(三乙氧基矽基)丙基)鄰甲醯胺苯甲酸 ・F-2:IM-1000(JX Nippon Mining & Metals Corporation製) ・F-3:二苯甲酮-3,3’-雙(N-(3-三乙氧基矽基)丙基醯胺)-4,4’-二羧酸〔Silane Coupling Agent〕 ・F-1: N-(3-(Triethoxysilyl)propyl) o-formamide benzoic acid ・F-2: IM-1000 (manufactured by JX Nippon Mining & Metals Corporation) ・F-3: Benzophenone-3,3’-bis(N-(3-triethoxysilyl)propylamide)-4,4’-dicarboxylic acid

〔熱鹼產生劑〕 ・G-1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式46]

Figure 02_image097
[Thermal base generator] ・G-1: A compound of the following structure [Chemical formula 46]
Figure 02_image097

〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・H-1:2-亞硝基-1-萘酚 ・H-2:4-甲氧基-1-萘酚 ・H-3:苯醌〔Polymerization inhibitor〕 ・H-1: 2-nitroso-1-naphthol ・H-2: 4-Methoxy-1-naphthol ・H-3: Benzoquinone

〔添加劑〕 ・I-1:N-苯基二乙醇胺 ・I-2:1,3-二丁基硫脲 ・I-3:1H-四唑〔additive〕 ・I-1: N-Phenyldiethanolamine ・I-2: 1,3-Dibutylthiourea ・I-3: 1H-tetrazole

〔溶劑〕 ・J-1:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 ・J-2:γ-丁內酯 ・J-3:乳酸乙酯 ・J-4:二甲基亞碸 在表1、表2或表3中,“溶劑中比率”一欄的記載表示相對於溶劑的總質量之各溶劑的含量(質量%)。〔Solvent〕 ・J-1: N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone ・J-2: γ-Butyrolactone ・J-3: Ethyl lactate ・J-4: Dimethyl sulfide In Table 1, Table 2, or Table 3, the description in the “ratio in solvent” column indicates the content (mass %) of each solvent with respect to the total mass of the solvent.

<評價> 〔表面自由能的測定〕 在除實施例23及24以外的各實施例及比較例中,利用狹縫塗佈法,分別將熱硬化性感光性組成物或比較用組成物適用於平坦的4英吋矽晶圓上,在加熱板上,以80℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此形成了膜厚為表1、表2或表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之厚度的150%的熱硬化性感光層A及膜厚為表1、表2或表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之厚度的50%的熱硬化性感光層B。 在實施例23及24中,將塗佈方法從狹縫塗佈法變更為旋塗法,形成了與實施例1~22相同的熱硬化性感光層A及熱硬化性感光層B。 在各實施例及比較例中,分別針對上述熱硬化性感光層A以250℃加熱120分鐘來製作了硬化膜A。之後,測定上述硬化膜A的水的接觸角和二碘甲烷接觸角,根據該等接觸角,利用式(1)算出了表面自由能A(mJ/m2 )。 在各實施例及比較例中,以與上述表面自由能A相同的方法,分別針對上述熱硬化性感光層B算出了表面自由能B(mJ/m2 )。 在表1、表2或表3的“表面自由能差的絕對值”一欄中記載了上述表面自由能A與上述表面自由能B之差的絕對值(mJ/m2 )。 在表1、表2或表3的“硬化膜A的表面自由能”一欄中記載了上述表面自由能A的值(mJ/m2 )。 在表1、表2或表3的“絕對值/硬化膜A的表面自由能”一欄中記載了上述表面自由能A與上述表面自由能B之差的絕對值與上述表面自由能A的值的比例(百分率、%)。<Evaluation> [Measurement of surface free energy] In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples except Examples 23 and 24, the thermosetting photosensitive composition or the comparative composition was applied to each of the Examples and Comparative Examples by the slit coating method. On a flat 4-inch silicon wafer, dried on a hot plate at 80°C for 5 minutes to form a film with a thickness of the “film thickness (μm)” listed in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 The thermosetting photosensitive layer A having a thickness of 150% and the thermosetting photosensitive layer B having a film thickness of 50% of the thickness described in the "film thickness (μm)" column of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3. In Examples 23 and 24, the coating method was changed from the slit coating method to the spin coating method, and the same thermosetting photosensitive layer A and thermosetting photosensitive layer B as in Examples 1-22 were formed. In each Example and Comparative Example, the cured film A was produced by heating the thermosetting photosensitive layer A at 250° C. for 120 minutes. After that, the water contact angle and the diiodomethane contact angle of the cured film A were measured, and based on these contact angles, the surface free energy A (mJ/m 2 ) was calculated using equation (1). In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, the surface free energy B (mJ/m 2 ) was calculated for the thermosetting photosensitive layer B by the same method as the surface free energy A described above. The absolute value (mJ/m 2 ) of the difference between the above-mentioned surface free energy A and the above-mentioned surface free energy B is described in the column of “absolute value of the difference in surface free energy” in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3. The value of the surface free energy A (mJ/m 2 ) is described in the column of “surface free energy of cured film A” in Table 1, Table 2, or Table 3. The absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy A and the surface free energy B and the difference between the absolute value of the surface free energy A and the surface free energy B and the surface free energy A in the column of "absolute value/surface free energy of cured film A" in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 The ratio of the value (percentage, %).

〔基板段差適性的評價〕 在8英吋圓形矽晶圓上形成作為光阻劑之OFPR(商品名,TOKYO OHKA KOGYO CO., LTD.製)膜,利用光微影法,形成以如下形狀(在縱方向、橫方向上均按每50μm配置1個縱30μm、橫30μm、深4μm的槽狀的段差)重複之圖案,將該圖案作為遮罩,利用蝕刻裝置(Samco Inc.製RIE-10N)進行乾式蝕刻,併用丙酮剝離由OFPR構成之圖案,藉此形成深4μm的段差來作為段差基板。 在除實施例23及24以外的各實施例及比較例中,利用狹縫塗佈法,分別將熱硬化性感光性組成物或比較用組成物適用於上述段差基板上來形成了樹脂層1。 在實施例23及24中,利用旋塗法,分別將熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於上述段差基板上來形成了樹脂層1。 將適用了所獲得之樹脂層1之段差基板在加熱板上,以80℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此在段差基板上獲得了平均厚度為表1、表2或表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之厚度的熱硬化性感光層1。 之後,利用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量,對所獲得之熱硬化性感光層1的整面進行了i射線曝光。將形成有曝光後的熱硬化性感光層1之段差基板在加熱板上,以100℃加熱了5分鐘。 將經曝光之熱硬化性感光層1在氮氣氛圍下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到表1、表2或表3的“硬化溫度”一欄中記載之溫度之後,將在上述“硬化溫度”一欄中記載之溫度下維持表1、表2或表3的“硬化時間”而進行加熱,藉此獲得了硬化膜1。 利用狹縫塗佈法,將用於形成樹脂層1之熱硬化性感光性組成物或與比較用組成物相同的組成物再次適用於所獲得之硬化膜1的表面上來形成了樹脂層2。 將適用了所獲得之樹脂層2之段差基板在加熱板上,以80℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此在段差基板上獲得了表1、表2或表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之平均厚度的熱硬化性感光層2。對熱硬化性感光層2進行與熱硬化性感光層1相同的i射線曝光及加熱來獲得了硬化膜2。 對所獲得之硬化膜2的、與硬化膜1相反一側的表面,進行有無條紋(條紋狀不均)的確認及表面粗糙度Ra的測定,並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。 利用原子力顯微鏡Dimension FastScan AFM(Bruker Corporation製),測定硬化膜2的包括鉛垂方向下有段差的部位和無段差的部位之表面的50μm×50μm範圍,藉此求出了硬化膜2的表面粗糙度Ra。 將評價結果記載於表1、表2或表3的“基板段差適性”一欄。 可以說未發現產生條紋且表面粗糙度Ra越小,則塗佈缺陷的產生越得到抑制。[Evaluation of substrate step suitability] A film of OFPR (trade name, manufactured by TOKYO OHKA KOGYO CO., LTD.) as a photoresist is formed on an 8-inch round silicon wafer, and formed into the following shape by photolithography (A groove-like step of 30 μm in length, 30 μm in width, and 4 μm in depth is arranged every 50 μm in both the vertical and horizontal directions.) Repeat the pattern, use the pattern as a mask, and use an etching device (RIE-Samco Inc. RIE- 10N) Perform dry etching and peel off the pattern made of OFPR with acetone, thereby forming a step with a depth of 4μm as a step substrate. In each of Examples and Comparative Examples other than Examples 23 and 24, the resin layer 1 was formed by applying the thermosetting photosensitive composition or the comparative composition to the stepped substrate by the slit coating method, respectively. In Examples 23 and 24, the resin layer 1 was formed by applying the thermosetting photosensitive composition to the stepped substrate by the spin coating method, respectively. The stepped substrate to which the obtained resin layer 1 was applied was dried on a hot plate at 80°C for 5 minutes, thereby obtaining the "film thickness (μm)" with an average thickness of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 on the stepped substrate "The thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer 1 described in the column." After that, using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), the entire surface of the obtained thermosetting photosensitive layer 1 was exposed to i-rays with an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2. The stepped substrate on which the exposed thermosetting photosensitive layer 1 was formed was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes. Heat the exposed thermosetting photosensitive layer 1 in a nitrogen atmosphere at a heating rate of 10°C/min. After reaching the temperature listed in the "hardening temperature" column of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3, it will The cured film 1 was obtained by heating while maintaining the "curing time" in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 at the temperature described in the "Curing temperature" column. Using the slit coating method, the thermosetting photosensitive composition used to form the resin layer 1 or the same composition as the comparative composition was again applied to the surface of the obtained cured film 1 to form the resin layer 2. The stepped substrate to which the obtained resin layer 2 was applied was dried on a hot plate at 80°C for 5 minutes, thereby obtaining the "film thickness (μm)" column of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 on the stepped substrate The average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer 2 described in. The thermosetting photosensitive layer 2 was subjected to the same i-ray exposure and heating as the thermosetting photosensitive layer 1 to obtain a cured film 2. The surface of the obtained cured film 2 on the side opposite to the cured film 1 was checked for the presence or absence of streaks (striated unevenness) and the surface roughness Ra was measured, and evaluated in accordance with the following evaluation criteria. Using the atomic force microscope Dimension FastScan AFM (manufactured by Bruker Corporation), the surface roughness of the cured film 2 was measured by measuring the surface roughness of the cured film 2 including the part with a step in the vertical direction and the part without a step in the range of 50 μm×50 μm. Degree Ra. The evaluation results are described in the "substrate step suitability" column of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3. It can be said that no streaks are found and the smaller the surface roughness Ra is, the more the occurrence of coating defects is suppressed.

-評價基準- A:未發現條紋的產生且上述表面粗糙度Ra小於3μm。 B:未發現條紋的產生且上述表面粗糙度Ra為3μm以上。 C:發現了條紋的產生。-Evaluation criteria- A: The occurrence of streaks is not observed and the surface roughness Ra is less than 3 μm. B: The occurrence of streaks is not observed and the above-mentioned surface roughness Ra is 3 μm or more. C: The occurrence of streaks is found.

〔圖案形成性的評價〕 在除實施例23及24以外的各實施例及比較例中,利用狹縫塗佈法,分別將熱硬化性感光性組成物或比較用組成物適用於上述段差基板上來形成了樹脂層1。 在實施例23及24中,利用旋塗法,分別將熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於上述段差基板上來形成了樹脂層1。 將形成有上述樹脂層之段差基板在加熱板上,以80℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此在段差基板上形成了表1、表2或表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之平均厚度的熱硬化性感光層1。 之後,利用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量,對所獲得之熱硬化性感光層1的整面進行了i射線曝光。將形成有曝光後的熱硬化性感光層1之段差基板在加熱板上,以100℃加熱了5分鐘。 將經曝光之熱硬化性感光層1在氮氣氛圍下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到表1、表2或表3的“硬化溫度”一欄中記載之溫度之後,將在上述“硬化溫度”一欄中記載之溫度下維持表1、表2或表3的“硬化時間”而進行加熱,藉此獲得了硬化膜1。 利用狹縫塗佈法,將用於形成樹脂層1之熱硬化性感光性組成物或與比較用組成物相同的組成物再次適用於所獲得之硬化膜1的表面上來形成了樹脂層2。 將適用了所獲得之樹脂層2之段差基板在加熱板上,以80℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此在段差基板上獲得了表1、表2或表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之平均厚度的熱硬化性感光層2。 利用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)對上述熱硬化性感光層2進行曝光,藉此獲得了曝光後的熱硬化性感光層。利用i射線進行曝光,將波長365nm下的曝光量設為400mJ/cm2 。又,使用形成有線寬10μm的1:1線與空間圖案之光罩來進行了曝光。以線與空間圖案橫切段差部之方式進行了曝光。 將形成有曝光後的熱硬化性感光層2之段差基板在加熱板上,以100℃加熱了5分鐘。 關於在表1、表2或表3的“顯影液”一欄記載為“K-1”之例子,使用環戊酮對上述曝光後的熱硬化性感光層2進行60秒顯影,並用PGMEA沖洗20秒,藉此獲得了層的圖案。關於在表1、表2或表3的“顯影液”一欄記載為“K-2”之例子,利用2.38質量%的氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液進行5分鐘顯影,用純水沖洗20秒,藉此獲得了層的圖案。 利用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)觀察上述顯影後的層的圖案(線圖案),並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。 可以說未發生圖案崩塌或殘渣且圖案越接近矩形,則圖案形成性越優異。[Evaluation of pattern formation] In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples except Examples 23 and 24, the thermosetting photosensitive composition or the comparative composition was applied to the above-mentioned stepped substrate by the slit coating method. The resin layer 1 is formed up. In Examples 23 and 24, the resin layer 1 was formed by applying the thermosetting photosensitive composition to the stepped substrate by the spin coating method, respectively. The stepped substrate on which the resin layer was formed was dried on a hot plate at 80°C for 5 minutes, thereby forming the "film thickness (μm)" column of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 on the stepped substrate Thermally hardened photosensitive layer 1 of average thickness. After that, using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), the entire surface of the obtained thermosetting photosensitive layer 1 was exposed to i-rays with an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2. The stepped substrate on which the exposed thermosetting photosensitive layer 1 was formed was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes. Heat the exposed thermosetting photosensitive layer 1 in a nitrogen atmosphere at a heating rate of 10°C/min. After reaching the temperature listed in the "hardening temperature" column of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3, it will The cured film 1 was obtained by heating while maintaining the "curing time" in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 at the temperature described in the "Curing temperature" column. Using the slit coating method, the thermosetting photosensitive composition used to form the resin layer 1 or the same composition as the comparative composition was again applied to the surface of the obtained cured film 1 to form the resin layer 2. The stepped substrate to which the obtained resin layer 2 was applied was dried on a hot plate at 80°C for 5 minutes, thereby obtaining the "film thickness (μm)" column of Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3 on the stepped substrate The average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer 2 described in. A stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) was used to expose the thermosetting photosensitive layer 2 to obtain the exposed thermosetting photosensitive layer. Exposure was performed with i-rays, and the exposure amount at a wavelength of 365 nm was set to 400 mJ/cm 2 . In addition, exposure was performed using a photomask formed with a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 10 μm. Exposure was carried out in such a way that a line and a space pattern crossed the step. The stepped substrate on which the exposed thermosetting photosensitive layer 2 was formed was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes. Regarding the example described as "K-1" in the column of "Developer" in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3, the thermosetting photosensitive layer 2 after exposure was developed using cyclopentanone for 60 seconds and washed with PGMEA For 20 seconds, the layer pattern was obtained. Regarding the example described as "K-2" in the column of "Developer" in Table 1, Table 2 or Table 3, the development was carried out for 5 minutes with a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution and rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds. , Thereby obtaining the pattern of the layer. The pattern (line pattern) of the layer after the development was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM) and evaluated in accordance with the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that pattern collapse or residue does not occur, and the closer the pattern is to a rectangle, the better the pattern formability.

-評價基準- A:未發生圖案崩塌及殘渣,獲得了矩形圖案。 B:未發生圖案崩塌及殘渣,但圖案並不是矩形。 C:發生了圖案崩塌或殘渣。-Evaluation criteria- A: Pattern collapse and residue did not occur, and a rectangular pattern was obtained. B: Pattern collapse and residue did not occur, but the pattern is not rectangular. C: Pattern collapse or residue occurred.

從以上結果可知,根據本發明之熱硬化性感光性組成物,即使在適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,亦可抑制在其他層上產生缺陷,上述熱硬化性感光性組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂、感光劑、界面活性劑及溶劑,根據分別相對於硬化膜A的表面及硬化膜B的表面之水的接觸角和二碘甲烷接觸角,利用式(1)算出之硬化膜A的表面自由能與硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值為硬化膜A的表面自由能的30%以下。 比較例1及比較例2之熱硬化性感光性組成物不含有界面活性劑。 關於比較例3之熱硬化性感光性組成物,硬化膜A的表面自由能與硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值超過硬化膜A的表面自由能的30%。 可知將該比較例1~比較例3之熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於不均勻的基材上來製作硬化膜且在所獲得之硬化膜上進一步形成有其他層時,未能抑制在上述其他層上產生缺陷。From the above results, it can be seen that the thermosetting photosensitive composition of the present invention can be suppressed even when a cured film is formed on an uneven substrate and other layers are further formed on the obtained cured film. Defects are generated on the layer, and the thermosetting photosensitive composition includes at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole, and polybenzoxazole precursor , Sensitizers, surfactants and solvents, based on the contact angle of water and the contact angle of diiodomethane with respect to the surface of the cured film A and the surface of the cured film B, and the free surface of the cured film A calculated by the formula (1) The absolute value of the difference between the energy and the surface free energy of the cured film B is 30% or less of the surface free energy of the cured film A. The thermosetting photosensitive composition of Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2 does not contain a surfactant. Regarding the thermosetting photosensitive composition of Comparative Example 3, the absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy of the cured film A and the surface free energy of the cured film B exceeds 30% of the surface free energy of the cured film A. It can be seen that when the thermosetting photosensitive composition of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3 is applied to a non-uniform substrate to produce a cured film, and another layer is further formed on the obtained cured film, the above-mentioned other effects cannot be suppressed. Defects on the layer.

<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法,將實施例1中使用的熱硬化性感光性組成物以層狀適用於在表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層的表面,在80℃下乾燥5分鐘,形成膜厚30μm的熱硬化性感光性組成物層之後,利用步進機(Nikon Corporation製,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。經由遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間,線寬為10μm的二元遮罩),在波長365nm下進行了曝光。曝光之後,用環戊酮顯影60秒,用PGMEA沖洗20秒而得到了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣氛圍下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行升溫,達到180℃之後,在180℃維持120分鐘,藉此形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造了半導體器件之結果,確認到正常工作。<Example 101> The thermosetting photosensitive composition used in Example 1 was applied to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin substrate with the copper thin layer formed on the surface by the spin coating method, and dried at 80°C for 5 minutes After forming a thermosetting photosensitive composition layer with a thickness of 30 μm, exposure was performed using a stepper (manufactured by Nikon Corporation, NSR1505 i6). Through a mask (a binary mask with a pattern of 1:1 lines and spaces and a line width of 10 μm), exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm. After exposure, it was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds and washed with PGMEA for 20 seconds to obtain a layer pattern. Next, the temperature was raised at a temperature increase rate of 10° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 180° C., the temperature was maintained at 180° C. for 120 minutes, thereby forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. The interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer has excellent insulating properties. In addition, as a result of fabricating semiconductor devices using these interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, normal operation was confirmed.

無。no.

Claims (15)

一種熱硬化性感光性組成物,其係用於形成熱硬化性感光層,前述熱硬化性感光性組成物包含: 選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂; 感光劑; 界面活性劑;及 溶劑, 根據分別相對於下述硬化膜A的表面及下述硬化膜B的表面之水的接觸角和二碘甲烷的接觸角,利用下述式(1)算出之下述硬化膜A的表面自由能與下述硬化膜B的表面自由能之差的絕對值為下述硬化膜A的表面自由能的30%以下; 硬化膜A:將前述熱硬化性感光性組成物的塗佈膜以前述熱硬化性感光層的平均厚度的150%的膜厚形成於平坦的支撐體上之後,在250℃下加熱120分鐘時獲得之前述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜; 硬化膜B:將前述熱硬化性感光性組成物的塗佈膜以前述熱硬化性感光層的平均厚度的50%的膜厚形成於平坦的支撐體上之後,在250℃下加熱120分鐘時獲得之前述熱硬化性感光性組成物的硬化膜;
Figure 03_image001
在上述式(1)中,γs d 表示硬化膜的表面自由能的分散成分,γs h 表示硬化膜的表面自由能的極性成分,γL d 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能的分散成分,γL h 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能的極性成分,γL tоtal 表示水或二碘甲烷的表面自由能,cоsθ表示水或二碘甲烷的接觸角; 其中,表面自由能以分散成分與極性成分之和表示,將水的表面自由能的分散成分設為21.7mJ/m2 ,將水的表面自由能的極性成分設為50.8mJ/m2 ,將二碘甲烷的表面自由能的分散成分設為48.1mJ/m2 ,將二碘甲烷的表面自由能的極性成分設為1.3mJ/m2
A thermosetting photosensitive composition for forming a thermosetting photosensitive layer. The aforementioned thermosetting photosensitive composition comprises: selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, and polybenzoxazole And at least one resin in the group of polybenzoxazole precursors; sensitizer; surfactant; and solvent, according to the contact with water on the surface of the following cured film A and the surface of the following cured film B, respectively The absolute value of the difference between the surface free energy of the following cured film A and the surface free energy of the following cured film B calculated using the following formula (1) is the contact angle between the angle and the diiodomethane. The surface of the following cured film A 30% or less of free energy; Cured film A: After the coating film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is formed on a flat support with a film thickness of 150% of the average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer, The cured film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition obtained when heated at 250°C for 120 minutes; Cured film B: the coating film of the thermosetting photosensitive composition is 50% of the average thickness of the thermosetting photosensitive layer % Of the film thickness is formed on a flat support and heated at 250°C for 120 minutes to obtain a cured film of the aforementioned thermosetting photosensitive composition;
Figure 03_image001
In the above formula (1), γ s d represents the dispersed component of the surface free energy of the cured film, γ s h represents the polar component of the surface free energy of the cured film, and γ L d represents the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane. Dispersion component, γ L h represents the polar component of the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane, γ L tоtal represents the surface free energy of water or diiodomethane, and cоsθ represents the contact angle of water or diiodomethane; where, surface free energy Expressed as the sum of the dispersed component and the polar component, the dispersed component of the surface free energy of water is set to 21.7mJ/m 2 , the polar component of the surface free energy of water is set to 50.8mJ/m 2 , and the surface of diiodomethane The dispersion component of free energy was 48.1 mJ/m 2 , and the polar component of the surface free energy of diiodomethane was 1.3 mJ/m 2 .
如請求項1所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中 前述界面活性劑的含量相對於熱硬化性感光性組成物的總質量超過0.1質量%。The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to claim 1, wherein The content of the aforementioned surfactant exceeds 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermosetting photosensitive composition. 如請求項1所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中 前述界面活性劑的含量相對於熱硬化性感光性組成物的總質量低於0.005質量%。The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to claim 1, wherein The content of the aforementioned surfactant is less than 0.005% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermosetting photosensitive composition. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中 前述界面活性劑係包括不具有氟原子及矽原子之界面活性劑。The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The aforementioned surfactants include surfactants that do not have fluorine atoms and silicon atoms. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中 前述熱硬化性感光性組成物中的烴系界面活性劑的含量相對於前述界面活性劑的總含量為50質量%以上。The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The content of the hydrocarbon-based surfactant in the thermosetting photosensitive composition is 50% by mass or more with respect to the total content of the surfactant. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其中 前述樹脂包含選自包括聚醯亞胺及聚醯亞胺前驅物之群組中之至少一種樹脂。The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The aforementioned resin includes at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimine and polyimide precursors. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其係用於基於狹縫塗佈法形成熱硬化性感光層。The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is used to form a thermosetting photosensitive layer based on a slit coating method. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其係用於基於旋塗法形成熱硬化性感光層。The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is used to form a thermosetting photosensitive layer based on a spin coating method. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物,其係用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。The thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. 一種硬化膜,其係藉由硬化如請求項1至請求項9之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物而成。A cured film formed by curing the thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9. 一種積層體,其係包含2層以上的如請求項10所述之硬化膜,在任意前述硬化膜彼此之間包含金屬層。A laminate comprising two or more layers of the cured film according to claim 10, and including a metal layer between any of the cured films. 一種硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括將如請求項1至請求項9之任一項所述之熱硬化性感光性組成物適用於基板上來形成膜之膜形成製程。A method for manufacturing a hardened film, which includes a film forming process of applying the thermosetting photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9 to a substrate to form a film. 如請求項12所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括對前述膜進行曝光之曝光製程及對前述膜進行顯影之顯影製程。The method for producing a cured film according to claim 12, which includes an exposure process for exposing the film and a development process for developing the film. 如請求項12或請求項13所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括在50℃~450℃下加熱前述膜之加熱製程。The method for producing a cured film according to claim 12 or claim 13, which includes a heating process of heating the aforementioned film at 50°C to 450°C. 一種半導體器件,其係包含如請求項10所述之硬化膜或如請求項11所述之積層體。A semiconductor device comprising the cured film according to claim 10 or the laminated body according to claim 11.
TW109122370A 2019-07-05 2020-07-02 Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device TWI857090B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019126114 2019-07-05
JP2019-126114 2019-07-05

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202110955A true TW202110955A (en) 2021-03-16
TWI857090B TWI857090B (en) 2024-10-01

Family

ID=74115296

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109122370A TWI857090B (en) 2019-07-05 2020-07-02 Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7261882B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI857090B (en)
WO (1) WO2021006181A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4310114A4 (en) * 2021-03-18 2025-03-26 Daikin Ind Ltd Process for producing fluororesin, fluororesin and aqueous dispersion liquid
JPWO2022202486A1 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-09-29
WO2024004462A1 (en) * 2022-06-30 2024-01-04 Jsr株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, production method for resin film having pattern, resin film having pattern, and semiconductor circuit substrate

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007122929A1 (en) * 2006-03-30 2007-11-01 Jsr Corporation Radiation-sensitive insulating resin composition
JP2012073600A (en) * 2010-08-31 2012-04-12 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive composition, as well as photosensitive film, permanent pattern, method for forming permanent pattern, and printed substrate
JP6303588B2 (en) * 2013-08-08 2018-04-04 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, insulating film, method for forming the same, and organic EL device
WO2015087830A1 (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-06-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
JPWO2015137281A1 (en) * 2014-03-14 2017-04-06 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
CN108628097A (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-10-09 捷恩智株式会社 Photosensitive composite, cured film, colored filter, display element, solid-state imager and LED illuminant heart

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7261882B2 (en) 2023-04-20
TWI857090B (en) 2024-10-01
WO2021006181A1 (en) 2021-01-14
JPWO2021006181A1 (en) 2021-01-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7492003B2 (en) CURABLE RESIN COMPOSITION, CURED FILM, LAMINATE, METHOD FOR PRODUCING CURED FILM, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
TW202234158A (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered object, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device
TWI835240B (en) Methods for manufacturing hardened materials, methods for manufacturing laminated bodies, methods for manufacturing semiconductor devices, and processing liquids
TWI841777B (en) Method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing electronic component
TW202130707A (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate body, method of making cured film, and semiconductor element capable of preventing defects from forming on another film composed of a different composition
TW202112907A (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin
TW202110958A (en) Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202107204A (en) Negative curable composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202307084A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product production method, semiconductor device, and polyimide precursor and method for producing same
TWI857090B (en) Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202242002A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, and resin
TW202236012A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product manufacturing method and semiconductor device
CN115038755A (en) Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202346484A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
CN114730145A (en) Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, manufacturing method of laminated body, and manufacturing method of electronic device
TW202116874A (en) Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202337926A (en) Resin composition, cured product, layered product, method for producing cured product, method for producing layered product, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202311240A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device and compound capable of obtaining a cured product with excellent reliability
TW202234156A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, production method for cured product, semiconductor device, and compound
TW202125122A (en) Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, layered body manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method
TW202131108A (en) Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, manufacturing method of laminate and manufacturing method of electronic component wherein the pattern forming method includes an exposure process and a development process to selectively expose a photosensitive film formed by the photosensitive resin composition
TW202110954A (en) Negative type curable composition, cured film, layered body, cured film production method, and semiconductor device
TW202349118A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminated body, method of manufacturing cured product, method of manufacturing laminated body, method of manufacturing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element
TW202344568A (en) Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202319451A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound